[openssl-commits] [openssl] master update
Rich Salz
rsalz at openssl.org
Thu Jan 22 17:40:22 UTC 2015
The branch master has been updated
via 39a24e8889be8b7a63afdb6f999e4314e2b94671 (commit)
from d2a0d72f33e2cd81a5c81b29b05d6fdb2cc67ac2 (commit)
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
commit 39a24e8889be8b7a63afdb6f999e4314e2b94671
Author: Rich Salz <rsalz at openssl.org>
Date: Thu Jan 22 12:38:57 2015 -0500
Cleanup old doc/*; remove CHANGES.SSLeay
Removed CHANGES.SSLeay
Udpate README to be current.
Updated fignerprints.txt to list only current release signers and
to explain that is what it's used for.
Removed the following:
c-indentation.el -- doesn't go with our coding style
openssl-shared.txt -- old info about shared library aides
openssl.txt -- old info about X509v3 extension support/syntax
ssleay.txt -- old info about OpenSSL's predecessor, back when
programmers coded on COBOL sheets by candlelight
Reviewed-by: Richard Levitte <levitte at openssl.org>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
CHANGES.SSLeay | 968 -------
doc/README | 14 +-
doc/c-indentation.el | 45 -
doc/fingerprints.txt | 62 +-
doc/openssl-shared.txt | 32 -
doc/openssl.txt | 1254 ---------
doc/ssleay.txt | 7030 ------------------------------------------------
7 files changed, 18 insertions(+), 9387 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 CHANGES.SSLeay
delete mode 100644 doc/c-indentation.el
delete mode 100644 doc/openssl-shared.txt
delete mode 100644 doc/openssl.txt
delete mode 100644 doc/ssleay.txt
diff --git a/CHANGES.SSLeay b/CHANGES.SSLeay
deleted file mode 100644
index 14bae79..0000000
--- a/CHANGES.SSLeay
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,968 +0,0 @@
-This file contains the changes for the SSLeay library up to version
-0.9.0b. For later changes, see the file "CHANGES".
-
- SSLeay CHANGES
- ______________
-
-Changes between 0.8.x and 0.9.0b
-
-10-Apr-1998
-
-I said the next version would go out at easter, and so it shall.
-I expect a 0.9.1 will follow with portability fixes in the next few weeks.
-
-This is a quick, meet the deadline. Look to ssl-users for comments on what
-is new etc.
-
-eric (about to go bushwalking for the 4 day easter break :-)
-
-16-Mar-98
- - Patch for Cray T90 from Wayne Schroeder <schroede at SDSC.EDU>
- - Lots and lots of changes
-
-29-Jan-98
- - ASN1_BIT_STRING_set_bit()/ASN1_BIT_STRING_get_bit() from
- Goetz Babin-Ebell <babinebell at trustcenter.de>.
- - SSL_version() now returns SSL2_VERSION, SSL3_VERSION or
- TLS1_VERSION.
-
-7-Jan-98
- - Finally reworked the cipher string to ciphers again, so it
- works correctly
- - All the app_data stuff is now ex_data with function calls to access.
- The index is supplied by a function and 'methods' can be setup
- for the types that are called on XXX_new/XXX_free. This lets
- applications get notified on creation and destruction. Some of
- the RSA methods could be implemented this way and I may do so.
- - Oh yes, SSL under perl5 is working at the basic level.
-
-15-Dec-97
- - Warning - the gethostbyname cache is not fully thread safe,
- but it should work well enough.
- - Major internal reworking of the app_data stuff. More functions
- but if you were accessing ->app_data directly, things will
- stop working.
- - The perlv5 stuff is working. Currently on message digests,
- ciphers and the bignum library.
-
-9-Dec-97
- - Modified re-negotiation so that server initated re-neg
- will cause a SSL_read() to return -1 should retry.
- The danger otherwise was that the server and the
- client could end up both trying to read when using non-blocking
- sockets.
-
-4-Dec-97
- - Lots of small changes
- - Fix for binaray mode in Windows for the FILE BIO, thanks to
- Bob Denny <rdenny at dc3.com>
-
-17-Nov-97
- - Quite a few internal cleanups, (removal of errno, and using macros
- defined in e_os.h).
- - A bug in ca.c, pointed out by yasuyuki-ito at d-cruise.co.jp, where
- the automactic naming out output files was being stuffed up.
-
-29-Oct-97
- - The Cast5 cipher has been added. MD5 and SHA-1 are now in assember
- for x86.
-
-21-Oct-97
- - Fixed a bug in the BIO_gethostbyname() cache.
-
-15-Oct-97
- - cbc mode for blowfish/des/3des is now in assember. Blowfish asm
- has also been improved. At this point in time, on the pentium,
- md5 is %80 faster, the unoptimesed sha-1 is %79 faster,
- des-cbc is %28 faster, des-ede3-cbc is %9 faster and blowfish-cbc
- is %62 faster.
-
-12-Oct-97
- - MEM_BUF_grow() has been fixed so that it always sets the buf->length
- to the value we are 'growing' to. Think of MEM_BUF_grow() as the
- way to set the length value correctly.
-
-10-Oct-97
- - I now hash for certificate lookup on the raw DER encoded RDN (md5).
- This breaks things again :-(. This is efficent since I cache
- the DER encoding of the RDN.
- - The text DN now puts in the numeric OID instead of UNKNOWN.
- - req can now process arbitary OIDs in the config file.
- - I've been implementing md5 in x86 asm, much faster :-).
- - Started sha1 in x86 asm, needs more work.
- - Quite a few speedups in the BN stuff. RSA public operation
- has been made faster by caching the BN_MONT_CTX structure.
- The calulating of the Ai where A*Ai === 1 mod m was rather
- expensive. Basically a 40-50% speedup on public operations.
- The RSA speedup is now 15% on pentiums and %20 on pentium
- pro.
-
-30-Sep-97
- - After doing some profiling, I added x86 adm for bn_add_words(),
- which just adds 2 arrays of longs together. A %10 speedup
- for 512 and 1024 bit RSA on the pentium pro.
-
-29-Sep-97
- - Converted the x86 bignum assembler to us the perl scripts
- for generation.
-
-23-Sep-97
- - If SSL_set_session() is passed a NULL session, it now clears the
- current session-id.
-
-22-Sep-97
- - Added a '-ss_cert file' to apps/ca.c. This will sign selfsigned
- certificates.
- - Bug in crypto/evp/encode.c where by decoding of 65 base64
- encoded lines, one line at a time (via a memory BIO) would report
- EOF after the first line was decoded.
- - Fix in X509_find_by_issuer_and_serial() from
- Dr Stephen Henson <shenson at bigfoot.com>
-
-19-Sep-97
- - NO_FP_API and NO_STDIO added.
- - Put in sh config command. It auto runs Configure with the correct
- parameters.
-
-18-Sep-97
- - Fix x509.c so if a DSA cert has different parameters to its parent,
- they are left in place. Not tested yet.
-
-16-Sep-97
- - ssl_create_cipher_list() had some bugs, fixes from
- Patrick Eisenacher <eisenach at stud.uni-frankfurt.de>
- - Fixed a bug in the Base64 BIO, where it would return 1 instead
- of -1 when end of input was encountered but should retry.
- Basically a Base64/Memory BIO interaction problem.
- - Added a HMAC set of functions in preporarion for TLS work.
-
-15-Sep-97
- - Top level makefile tweak - Cameron Simpson <cs at zip.com.au>
- - Prime generation spead up %25 (512 bit prime, pentium pro linux)
- by using montgomery multiplication in the prime number test.
-
-11-Sep-97
- - Ugly bug in ssl3_write_bytes(). Basically if application land
- does a SSL_write(ssl,buf,len) where len > 16k, the SSLv3 write code
- did not check the size and tried to copy the entire buffer.
- This would tend to cause memory overwrites since SSLv3 has
- a maximum packet size of 16k. If your program uses
- buffers <= 16k, you would probably never see this problem.
- - Fixed a few errors that were cause by malloc() not returning
- 0 initialised memory..
- - SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CA_DN_BUG was being switched on when using
- SSL_CTX_set_options(ssl_ctx,SSL_OP_ALL); which was a bad thing
- since this flags stops SSLeay being able to handle client
- cert requests correctly.
-
-08-Sep-97
- - SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP option added. When switched
- on, the SSL server routines will not use a SSL_SESSION that is
- held in it's cache. This in intended to be used with the session-id
- callbacks so that while the session-ids are still stored in the
- cache, the decision to use them and how to look them up can be
- done by the callbacks. The are the 'new', 'get' and 'remove'
- callbacks. This can be used to determine the session-id
- to use depending on information like which port/host the connection
- is coming from. Since the are also SSL_SESSION_set_app_data() and
- SSL_SESSION_get_app_data() functions, the application can hold
- information against the session-id as well.
-
-03-Sep-97
- - Added lookup of CRLs to the by_dir method,
- X509_load_crl_file() also added. Basically it means you can
- lookup CRLs via the same system used to lookup certificates.
- - Changed things so that the X509_NAME structure can contain
- ASN.1 BIT_STRINGS which is required for the unique
- identifier OID.
- - Fixed some problems with the auto flushing of the session-id
- cache. It was not occuring on the server side.
-
-02-Sep-97
- - Added SSL_CTX_sess_cache_size(SSL_CTX *ctx,unsigned long size)
- which is the maximum number of entries allowed in the
- session-id cache. This is enforced with a simple FIFO list.
- The default size is 20*1024 entries which is rather large :-).
- The Timeout code is still always operating.
-
-01-Sep-97
- - Added an argument to all the 'generate private key/prime`
- callbacks. It is the last parameter so this should not
- break existing code but it is needed for C++.
- - Added the BIO_FLAGS_BASE64_NO_NL flag for the BIO_f_base64()
- BIO. This lets the BIO read and write base64 encoded data
- without inserting or looking for '\n' characters. The '-A'
- flag turns this on when using apps/enc.c.
- - RSA_NO_PADDING added to help BSAFE functionality. This is a
- very dangerous thing to use, since RSA private key
- operations without random padding bytes (as PKCS#1 adds) can
- be attacked such that the private key can be revealed.
- - ASN.1 bug and rc2-40-cbc and rc4-40 added by
- Dr Stephen Henson <shenson at bigfoot.com>
-
-31-Aug-97 (stuff added while I was away)
- - Linux pthreads by Tim Hudson (tjh at cryptsoft.com).
- - RSA_flags() added allowing bypass of pub/priv match check
- in ssl/ssl_rsa.c - Tim Hudson.
- - A few minor bugs.
-
-SSLeay 0.8.1 released.
-
-19-Jul-97
- - Server side initated dynamic renegotiation is broken. I will fix
- it when I get back from holidays.
-
-15-Jul-97
- - Quite a few small changes.
- - INVALID_SOCKET usage cleanups from Alex Kiernan <alex at hisoft.co.uk>
-
-09-Jul-97
- - Added 2 new values to the SSL info callback.
- SSL_CB_START which is passed when the SSL protocol is started
- and SSL_CB_DONE when it has finished sucsessfully.
-
-08-Jul-97
- - Fixed a few bugs problems in apps/req.c and crypto/asn1/x_pkey.c
- that related to DSA public/private keys.
- - Added all the relevent PEM and normal IO functions to support
- reading and writing RSAPublic keys.
- - Changed makefiles to use ${AR} instead of 'ar r'
-
-07-Jul-97
- - Error in ERR_remove_state() that would leave a dangling reference
- to a free()ed location - thanks to Alex Kiernan <alex at hisoft.co.uk>
- - s_client now prints the X509_NAMEs passed from the server
- when requesting a client cert.
- - Added a ssl->type, which is one of SSL_ST_CONNECT or
- SSL_ST_ACCEPT. I had to add it so I could tell if I was
- a connect or an accept after the handshake had finished.
- - SSL_get_client_CA_list(SSL *s) now returns the CA names
- passed by the server if called by a client side SSL.
-
-05-Jul-97
- - Bug in X509_NAME_get_text_by_OBJ(), looking starting at index
- 0, not -1 :-( Fix from Tim Hudson (tjh at cryptsoft.com).
-
-04-Jul-97
- - Fixed some things in X509_NAME_add_entry(), thanks to
- Matthew Donald <matthew at world.net>.
- - I had a look at the cipher section and though that it was a
- bit confused, so I've changed it.
- - I was not setting up the RC4-64-MD5 cipher correctly. It is
- a MS special that appears in exported MS Money.
- - Error in all my DH ciphers. Section 7.6.7.3 of the SSLv3
- spec. I was missing the two byte length header for the
- ClientDiffieHellmanPublic value. This is a packet sent from
- the client to the server. The SSL_OP_SSLEAY_080_CLIENT_DH_BUG
- option will enable SSLeay server side SSLv3 accept either
- the correct or my 080 packet format.
- - Fixed a few typos in crypto/pem.org.
-
-02-Jul-97
- - Alias mapping for EVP_get_(digest|cipher)byname is now
- performed before a lookup for actual cipher. This means
- that an alias can be used to 're-direct' a cipher or a
- digest.
- - ASN1_read_bio() had a bug that only showed up when using a
- memory BIO. When EOF is reached in the memory BIO, it is
- reported as a -1 with BIO_should_retry() set to true.
-
-01-Jul-97
- - Fixed an error in X509_verify_cert() caused by my
- miss-understanding how 'do { contine } while(0);' works.
- Thanks to Emil Sit <sit at mit.edu> for educating me :-)
-
-30-Jun-97
- - Base64 decoding error. If the last data line did not end with
- a '=', sometimes extra data would be returned.
- - Another 'cut and paste' bug in x509.c related to setting up the
- STDout BIO.
-
-27-Jun-97
- - apps/ciphers.c was not printing due to an editing error.
- - Alex Kiernan <alex at hisoft.co.uk> send in a nice fix for
- a library build error in util/mk1mf.pl
-
-26-Jun-97
- - Still did not have the auto 'experimental' code removal
- script correct.
- - A few header tweaks for Watcom 11.0 under Win32 from
- Rolf Lindemann <Lindemann at maz-hh.de>
- - 0 length OCTET_STRING bug in asn1_parse
- - A minor fix with an non-existent function in the MS .def files.
- - A few changes to the PKCS7 stuff.
-
-25-Jun-97
- SSLeay 0.8.0 finally it gets released.
-
-24-Jun-97
- Added a SSL_OP_EPHEMERAL_RSA option which causes all SSLv3 RSA keys to
- use a temporary RSA key. This is experimental and needs some more work.
- Fixed a few Win16 build problems.
-
-23-Jun-97
- SSLv3 bug. I was not doing the 'lookup' of the CERT structure
- correctly. I was taking the SSL->ctx->default_cert when I should
- have been using SSL->cert. The bug was in ssl/s3_srvr.c
-
-20-Jun-97
- X509_ATTRIBUTES were being encoded wrongly by apps/reg.c and the
- rest of the library. Even though I had the code required to do
- it correctly, apps/req.c was doing the wrong thing. I have fixed
- and tested everything.
-
- Missing a few #ifdef FIONBIO sections in crypto/bio/bss_acpt.c.
-
-19-Jun-97
- Fixed a bug in the SSLv2 server side first packet handling. When
- using the non-blocking test BIO, the ssl->s2->first_packet flag
- was being reset when a would-block failure occurred when reading
- the first 5 bytes of the first packet. This caused the checking
- logic to run at the wrong time and cause an error.
-
- Fixed a problem with specifying cipher. If RC4-MD5 were used,
- only the SSLv3 version would be picked up. Now this will pick
- up both SSLv2 and SSLv3 versions. This required changing the
- SSL_CIPHER->mask values so that they only mask the ciphers,
- digests, authentication, export type and key-exchange algorithms.
-
- I found that when a SSLv23 session is established, a reused
- session, of type SSLv3 was attempting to write the SSLv2
- ciphers, which were invalid. The SSL_METHOD->put_cipher_by_char
- method has been modified so it will only write out cipher which
- that method knows about.
-
-
- Changes between 0.8.0 and 0.8.1
-
- *) Mostly bug fixes.
- There is an Ephemeral DH cipher problem which is fixed.
-
- SSLeay 0.8.0
-
-This version of SSLeay has quite a lot of things different from the
-previous version.
-
-Basically check all callback parameters, I will be producing documentation
-about how to use things in th future. Currently I'm just getting 080 out
-the door. Please not that there are several ways to do everything, and
-most of the applications in the apps directory are hybrids, some using old
-methods and some using new methods.
-
-Have a look in demos/bio for some very simple programs and
-apps/s_client.c and apps/s_server.c for some more advanced versions.
-Notes are definitly needed but they are a week or so away.
-
-Anyway, some quick nots from Tim Hudson (tjh at cryptsoft.com)
----
-Quick porting notes for moving from SSLeay-0.6.x to SSLeay-0.8.x to
-get those people that want to move to using the new code base off to
-a quick start.
-
-Note that Eric has tidied up a lot of the areas of the API that were
-less than desirable and renamed quite a few things (as he had to break
-the API in lots of places anyrate). There are a whole pile of additional
-functions for making dealing with (and creating) certificates a lot
-cleaner.
-
-01-Jul-97
-Tim Hudson
-tjh at cryptsoft.com
-
----8<---
-
-To maintain code that uses both SSLeay-0.6.x and SSLeay-0.8.x you could
-use something like the following (assuming you #include "crypto.h" which
-is something that you really should be doing).
-
-#if SSLEAY_VERSION_NUMBER >= 0x0800
-#define SSLEAY8
-#endif
-
-buffer.h -> splits into buffer.h and bio.h so you need to include bio.h
- too if you are working with BIO internal stuff (as distinct
- from simply using the interface in an opaque manner)
-
-#include "bio.h" - required along with "buffer.h" if you write
- your own BIO routines as the buffer and bio
- stuff that was intermixed has been separated
- out
-
-envelope.h -> evp.h (which should have been done ages ago)
-
-Initialisation ... don't forget these or you end up with code that
-is missing the bits required to do useful things (like ciphers):
-
-SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms()
-(probably also want SSL_load_error_strings() too but you should have
- already had that call in place)
-
-SSL_CTX_new() - requires an extra method parameter
- SSL_CTX_new(SSLv23_method())
- SSL_CTX_new(SSLv2_method())
- SSL_CTX_new(SSLv3_method())
-
- OR to only have the server or the client code
- SSL_CTX_new(SSLv23_server_method())
- SSL_CTX_new(SSLv2_server_method())
- SSL_CTX_new(SSLv3_server_method())
- or
- SSL_CTX_new(SSLv23_client_method())
- SSL_CTX_new(SSLv2_client_method())
- SSL_CTX_new(SSLv3_client_method())
-
-SSL_set_default_verify_paths() ... renamed to the more appropriate
-SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths()
-
-If you want to use client certificates then you have to add in a bit
-of extra stuff in that a SSLv3 server sends a list of those CAs that
-it will accept certificates from ... so you have to provide a list to
-SSLeay otherwise certain browsers will not send client certs.
-
-SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(ctx,SSL_load_client_CA_file(s_cert_file));
-
-
-X509_NAME_oneline(X) -> X509_NAME_oneline(X,NULL,0)
- or provide a buffer and size to copy the
- result into
-
-X509_add_cert -> X509_STORE_add_cert (and you might want to read the
- notes on X509_NAME structure changes too)
-
-
-VERIFICATION CODE
-=================
-
-The codes have all be renamed from VERIFY_ERR_* to X509_V_ERR_* to
-more accurately reflect things.
-
-The verification callback args are now packaged differently so that
-extra fields for verification can be added easily in future without
-having to break things by adding extra parameters each release :-)
-
-X509_cert_verify_error_string -> X509_verify_cert_error_string
-
-
-BIO INTERNALS
-=============
-
-Eric has fixed things so that extra flags can be introduced in
-the BIO layer in future without having to play with all the BIO
-modules by adding in some macros.
-
-The ugly stuff using
- b->flags ~= (BIO_FLAGS_RW|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY)
-becomes
- BIO_clear_retry_flags(b)
-
- b->flags |= (BIO_FLAGS_READ|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY)
-becomes
- BIO_set_retry_read(b)
-
-Also ... BIO_get_retry_flags(b), BIO_set_flags(b)
-
-
-
-OTHER THINGS
-============
-
-X509_NAME has been altered so that it isn't just a STACK ... the STACK
-is now in the "entries" field ... and there are a pile of nice functions
-for getting at the details in a much cleaner manner.
-
-SSL_CTX has been altered ... "cert" is no longer a direct member of this
-structure ... things are now down under "cert_store" (see x509_vfy.h) and
-things are no longer in a CERTIFICATE_CTX but instead in a X509_STORE.
-If your code "knows" about this level of detail then it will need some
-surgery.
-
-If you depending on the incorrect spelling of a number of the error codes
-then you will have to change your code as these have been fixed.
-
-ENV_CIPHER "type" got renamed to "nid" and as that is what it actually
-has been all along so this makes things clearer.
-ify_cert_error_string(ctx->error));
-
-SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_WE_TRUST -> SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_LIST
- and SSL_R_REUSE_CIPHER_LIST_NOT_ZERO
-
-
-
- Changes between 0.7.x and 0.8.0
-
- *) There have been lots of changes, mostly the addition of SSLv3.
- There have been many additions from people and amongst
- others, C2Net has assisted greatly.
-
- Changes between 0.7.x and 0.7.x
-
- *) Internal development version only
-
-SSLeay 0.6.6 13-Jan-1997
-
-The main additions are
-
-- assember for x86 DES improvments.
- From 191,000 per second on a pentium 100, I now get 281,000. The inner
- loop and the IP/FP modifications are from
- Svend Olaf Mikkelsen <svolaf at inet.uni-c.dk>. Many thanks for his
- contribution.
-- The 'DES macros' introduced in 0.6.5 now have 3 types.
- DES_PTR1, DES_PTR2 and 'normal'. As per before, des_opts reports which
- is best and there is a summery of mine in crypto/des/options.txt
-- A few bug fixes.
-- Added blowfish. It is not used by SSL but all the other stuff that
- deals with ciphers can use it in either ecb, cbc, cfb64 or ofb64 modes.
- There are 3 options for optimising Blowfish. BF_PTR, BF_PTR2 and 'normal'.
- BF_PTR2 is pentium/x86 specific. The correct option is setup in
- the 'Configure' script.
-- There is now a 'get client certificate' callback which can be
- 'non-blocking'. If more details are required, let me know. It will
- documented more in SSLv3 when I finish it.
-- Bug fixes from 0.6.5 including the infamous 'ca' bug. The 'make test'
- now tests the ca program.
-- Lots of little things modified and tweaked.
-
- SSLeay 0.6.5
-
-After quite some time (3 months), the new release. I have been very busy
-for the last few months and so this is mostly bug fixes and improvments.
-
-The main additions are
-
-- assember for x86 DES. For all those gcc based systems, this is a big
- improvement. From 117,000 DES operation a second on a pentium 100,
- I now get 191,000. I have also reworked the C version so it
- now gives 148,000 DESs per second.
-- As mentioned above, the inner DES macros now have some more variant that
- sometimes help, sometimes hinder performance. There are now 3 options
- DES_PTR (ptr vs array lookup), DES_UNROLL (full vs partial loop unrolling)
- and DES_RISC (a more register intensive version of the inner macro).
- The crypto/des/des_opts.c program, when compiled and run, will give
- an indication of the correct options to use.
-- The BIO stuff has been improved. Read doc/bio.doc. There are now
- modules for encryption and base64 encoding and a BIO_printf() function.
-- The CA program will accept simple one line X509v3 extensions in the
- ssleay.cnf file. Have a look at the example. Currently this just
- puts the text into the certificate as an OCTET_STRING so currently
- the more advanced X509v3 data types are not handled but this is enough
- for the netscape extensions.
-- There is the start of a nicer higher level interface to the X509
- strucutre.
-- Quite a lot of bug fixes.
-- CRYPTO_malloc_init() (or CRYPTO_set_mem_functions()) can be used
- to define the malloc(), free() and realloc() routines to use
- (look in crypto/crypto.h). This is mostly needed for Windows NT/95 when
- using DLLs and mixing CRT libraries.
-
-In general, read the 'VERSION' file for changes and be aware that some of
-the new stuff may not have been tested quite enough yet, so don't just plonk
-in SSLeay 0.6.5 when 0.6.4 used to work and expect nothing to break.
-
-SSLeay 0.6.4 30/08/96 eay
-
-I've just finished some test builds on Windows NT, Windows 3.1, Solaris 2.3,
-Solaris 2.5, Linux, IRIX, HPUX 10 and everthing seems to work :-).
-
-The main changes in this release
-
-- Thread safe. have a read of doc/threads.doc and play in the mt directory.
- For anyone using 0.6.3 with threads, I found 2 major errors so consider
- moving to 0.6.4. I have a test program that builds under NT and
- solaris.
-- The get session-id callback has changed. Have a read of doc/callback.doc.
-- The X509_cert_verify callback (the SSL_verify callback) now
- has another argument. Have a read of doc/callback.doc
-- 'ca -preserve', sign without re-ordering the DN. Not tested much.
-- VMS support.
-- Compile time memory leak detection can now be built into SSLeay.
- Read doc/memory.doc
-- CONF routines now understand '\', '\n', '\r' etc. What this means is that
- the SPKAC object mentioned in doc/ns-ca.doc can be on multiple lines.
-- 'ssleay ciphers' added, lists the default cipher list for SSLeay.
-- RC2 key setup is now compatable with Netscape.
-- Modifed server side of SSL implementation, big performance difference when
- using session-id reuse.
-
-0.6.3
-
-Bug fixes and the addition of some nice stuff to the 'ca' program.
-Have a read of doc/ns-ca.doc for how hit has been modified so
-it can be driven from a CGI script. The CGI script is not provided,
-but that is just being left as an excersize for the reader :-).
-
-0.6.2
-
-This is most bug fixes and functionality improvements.
-
-Additions are
-- More thread debugging patches, the thread stuff is still being
- tested, but for those keep to play with stuff, have a look in
- crypto/cryptlib.c. The application needs to define 1 (or optionaly
- a second) callback that is used to implement locking. Compiling
- with LOCK_DEBUG spits out lots of locking crud :-).
- This is what I'm currently working on.
-- SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb() can be used to define the callback
- function used in the SSL*_file() functions used to load keys. I was
- always of the opinion that people should call
- PEM_read_RSAPrivateKey() and pass the callback they want to use, but
- it appears they just want to use the SSL_*_file() function() :-(.
-- 'enc' now has a -kfile so a key can be read from a file. This is
- mostly used so that the passwd does not appear when using 'ps',
- which appears imposible to stop under solaris.
-- X509v3 certificates now work correctly. I even have more examples
- in my tests :-). There is now a X509_EXTENSION type that is used in
- X509v3 certificates and CRLv2.
-- Fixed that signature type error :-(
-- Fixed quite a few potential memory leaks and problems when reusing
- X509, CRL and REQ structures.
-- EVP_set_pw_prompt() now sets the library wide default password
- prompt.
-- The 'pkcs7' command will now, given the -print_certs flag, output in
- pem format, all certificates and CRL contained within. This is more
- of a pre-emtive thing for the new verisign distribution method. I
- should also note, that this also gives and example in code, of how
- to do this :-), or for that matter, what is involved in going the
- other way (list of certs and crl -> pkcs7).
-- Added RSA's DESX to the DES library. It is also available via the
- EVP_desx_cbc() method and via 'enc desx'.
-
-SSLeay 0.6.1
-
-The main functional changes since 0.6.0 are as follows
-- Bad news, the Microsoft 060 DLL's are not compatable, but the good news is
- that from now on, I'll keep the .def numbers the same so they will be.
-- RSA private key operations are about 2 times faster that 0.6.0
-- The SSL_CTX now has more fields so default values can be put against
- it. When an SSL structure is created, these default values are used
- but can be overwritten. There are defaults for cipher, certificate,
- private key, verify mode and callback. This means SSL session
- creation can now be
- ssl=SSL_new()
- SSL_set_fd(ssl,sock);
- SSL_accept(ssl)
- ....
- All the other uglyness with having to keep a global copy of the
- private key and certificate/verify mode in the server is now gone.
-- ssl/ssltest.c - one process talking SSL to its self for testing.
-- Storage of Session-id's can be controled via a session_cache_mode
- flag. There is also now an automatic default flushing of
- old session-id's.
-- The X509_cert_verify() function now has another parameter, this
- should not effect most people but it now means that the reason for
- the failure to verify is now available via SSL_get_verify_result(ssl).
- You don't have to use a global variable.
-- SSL_get_app_data() and SSL_set_app_data() can be used to keep some
- application data against the SSL structure. It is upto the application
- to free the data. I don't use it, but it is available.
-- SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback() can be used to specify a
- verify callback function that completly replaces my certificate
- verification code. Xcert should be able to use this :-).
- The callback is of the form int app_verify_callback(arg,ssl,cert).
- This needs to be documented more.
-- I have started playing with shared library builds, have a look in
- the shlib directory. It is very simple. If you need a numbered
- list of functions, have a look at misc/crypto.num and misc/ssl.num.
-- There is some stuff to do locking to make the library thread safe.
- I have only started this stuff and have not finished. If anyone is
- keen to do so, please send me the patches when finished.
-
-So I have finally made most of the additions to the SSL interface that
-I thought were needed.
-
-There will probably be a pause before I make any non-bug/documentation
-related changes to SSLeay since I'm feeling like a bit of a break.
-
-eric - 12 Jul 1996
-I saw recently a comment by some-one that we now seem to be entering
-the age of perpetual Beta software.
-Pioneered by packages like linux but refined to an art form by
-netscape.
-
-I too wish to join this trend with the anouncement of SSLeay 0.6.0 :-).
-
-There are quite a large number of sections that are 'works in
-progress' in this package. I will also list the major changes and
-what files you should read.
-
-BIO - this is the new IO structure being used everywhere in SSLeay. I
-started out developing this because of microsoft, I wanted a mechanism
-to callback to the application for all IO, so Windows 3.1 DLL
-perversion could be hidden from me and the 15 different ways to write
-to a file under NT would also not be dictated by me at library build
-time. What the 'package' is is an API for a data structure containing
-functions. IO interfaces can be written to conform to the
-specification. This in not intended to hide the underlying data type
-from the application, but to hide it from SSLeay :-).
-I have only really finished testing the FILE * and socket/fd modules.
-There are also 'filter' BIO's. Currently I have only implemented
-message digests, and it is in use in the dgst application. This
-functionality will allow base64/encrypto/buffering modules to be
-'push' into a BIO without it affecting the semantics. I'm also
-working on an SSL BIO which will hide the SSL_accept()/SLL_connet()
-from an event loop which uses the interface.
-It is also possible to 'attach' callbacks to a BIO so they get called
-before and after each operation, alowing extensive debug output
-to be generated (try running dgst with -d).
-
-Unfortunaly in the conversion from 0.5.x to 0.6.0, quite a few
-functions that used to take FILE *, now take BIO *.
-The wrappers are easy to write
-
-function_fp(fp,x)
-FILE *fp;
- {
- BIO *b;
- int ret;
-
- if ((b=BIO_new(BIO_s_file())) == NULL) error.....
- BIO_set_fp(b,fp,BIO_NOCLOSE);
- ret=function_bio(b,x);
- BIO_free(b);
- return(ret);
- }
-Remember, there are no functions that take FILE * in SSLeay when
-compiled for Windows 3.1 DLL's.
-
---
-I have added a general EVP_PKEY type that can hold a public/private
-key. This is now what is used by the EVP_ functions and is passed
-around internally. I still have not done the PKCS#8 stuff, but
-X509_PKEY is defined and waiting :-)
-
---
-For a full function name listings, have a look at ms/crypt32.def and
-ms/ssl32.def. These are auto-generated but are complete.
-Things like ASN1_INTEGER_get() have been added and are in here if you
-look. I have renamed a few things, again, have a look through the
-function list and you will probably find what you are after. I intend
-to at least put a one line descrition for each one.....
-
---
-Microsoft - thats what this release is about, read the MICROSOFT file.
-
---
-Multi-threading support. I have started hunting through the code and
-flaging where things need to be done. In a state of work but high on
-the list.
-
---
-For random numbers, edit e_os.h and set DEVRANDOM (it's near the top)
-be be you random data device, otherwise 'RFILE' in e_os.h
-will be used, in your home directory. It will be updated
-periodically. The environment variable RANDFILE will override this
-choice and read/write to that file instead. DEVRANDOM is used in
-conjunction to the RFILE/RANDFILE. If you wish to 'seed' the random
-number generator, pick on one of these files.
-
---
-
-The list of things to read and do
-
-dgst -d
-s_client -state (this uses a callback placed in the SSL state loop and
- will be used else-where to help debug/monitor what
- is happening.)
-
-doc/why.doc
-doc/bio.doc <- hmmm, needs lots of work.
-doc/bss_file.doc <- one that is working :-)
-doc/session.doc <- it has changed
-doc/speed.doc
- also play with ssleay version -a. I have now added a SSLeay()
- function that returns a version number, eg 0600 for this release
- which is primarily to be used to check DLL version against the
- application.
-util/* Quite a few will not interest people, but some may, like
- mk1mf.pl, mkdef.pl,
-util/do_ms.sh
-
-try
-cc -Iinclude -Icrypto -c crypto/crypto.c
-cc -Iinclude -Issl -c ssl/ssl.c
-You have just built the SSLeay libraries as 2 object files :-)
-
-Have a general rummage around in the bin stall directory and look at
-what is in there, like CA.sh and c_rehash
-
-There are lots more things but it is 12:30am on a Friday night and I'm
-heading home :-).
-
-eric 22-Jun-1996
-This version has quite a few major bug fixes and improvements. It DOES NOT
-do SSLv3 yet.
-
-The main things changed
-- A Few days ago I added the s_mult application to ssleay which is
- a demo of an SSL server running in an event loop type thing.
- It supports non-blocking IO, I have finally gotten it right, SSL_accept()
- can operate in non-blocking IO mode, look at the code to see how :-).
- Have a read of doc/s_mult as well. This program leaks memory and
- file descriptors everywhere but I have not cleaned it up yet.
- This is a demo of how to do non-blocking IO.
-- The SSL session management has been 'worked over' and there is now
- quite an expansive set of functions to manipulate them. Have a read of
- doc/session.doc for some-things I quickly whipped up about how it now works.
- This assume you know the SSLv2 protocol :-)
-- I can now read/write the netscape certificate format, use the
- -inform/-outform 'net' options to the x509 command. I have not put support
- for this type in the other demo programs, but it would be easy to add.
-- asn1parse and 'enc' have been modified so that when reading base64
- encoded files (pem format), they do not require '-----BEGIN' header lines.
- The 'enc' program had a buffering bug fixed, it can be used as a general
- base64 -> binary -> base64 filter by doing 'enc -a -e' and 'enc -a -d'
- respecivly. Leaving out the '-a' flag in this case makes the 'enc' command
- into a form of 'cat'.
-- The 'x509' and 'req' programs have been fixed and modified a little so
- that they generate self-signed certificates correctly. The test
- script actually generates a 'CA' certificate and then 'signs' a
- 'user' certificate. Have a look at this shell script (test/sstest)
- to see how things work, it tests most possible combinations of what can
- be done.
-- The 'SSL_set_pref_cipher()' function has been 'fixed' and the prefered name
- of SSL_set_cipher_list() is now the correct API (stops confusion :-).
- If this function is used in the client, only the specified ciphers can
- be used, with preference given to the order the ciphers were listed.
- For the server, if this is used, only the specified ciphers will be used
- to accept connections. If this 'option' is not used, a default set of
- ciphers will be used. The SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx) sets this
- list for all ciphers started against the SSL_CTX. So the order is
- SSL cipher_list, if not present, SSL_CTX cipher list, if not
- present, then the library default.
- What this means is that normally ciphers like
- NULL-MD5 will never be used. The only way this cipher can be used
- for both ends to specify to use it.
- To enable or disable ciphers in the library at build time, modify the
- first field for the cipher in the ssl_ciphers array in ssl/ssl_lib.c.
- This file also contains the 'pref_cipher' list which is the default
- cipher preference order.
-- I'm not currently sure if the 'rsa -inform net' and the 'rsa -outform net'
- options work. They should, and they enable loading and writing the
- netscape rsa private key format. I will be re-working this section of
- SSLeay for the next version. What is currently in place is a quick and
- dirty hack.
-- I've re-written parts of the bignum library. This gives speedups
- for all platforms. I now provide assembler for use under Windows NT.
- I have not tested the Windows 3.1 assembler but it is quite simple code.
- This gives RSAprivate_key operation encryption times of 0.047s (512bit key)
- and 0.230s (1024bit key) on a pentium 100 which I consider reasonable.
- Basically the times available under linux/solaris x86 can be achieve under
- Windows NT. I still don't know how these times compare to RSA's BSAFE
- library but I have been emailing with people and with their help, I should
- be able to get my library's quite a bit faster still (more algorithm changes).
- The object file crypto/bn/asm/x86-32.obj should be used when linking
- under NT.
-- 'make makefile.one' in the top directory will generate a single makefile
- called 'makefile.one' This makefile contains no perl references and
- will build the SSLeay library into the 'tmp' and 'out' directories.
- util/mk1mf.pl >makefile.one is how this makefile is
- generated. The mk1mf.pl command take several option to generate the
- makefile for use with cc, gcc, Visual C++ and Borland C++. This is
- still under development. I have only build .lib's for NT and MSDOS
- I will be working on this more. I still need to play with the
- correct compiler setups for these compilers and add some more stuff but
- basically if you just want to compile the library
- on a 'non-unix' platform, this is a very very good file to start with :-).
- Have a look in the 'microsoft' directory for my current makefiles.
- I have not yet modified things to link with sockets under Windows NT.
- You guys should be able to do this since this is actually outside of the
- SSLeay scope :-). I will be doing it for myself soon.
- util/mk1mf.pl takes quite a few options including no-rc, rsaref and no-sock
- to build without RC2/RC4, to require RSAref for linking, and to
- build with no socket code.
-
-- Oh yes, the cipher that was reported to be compatible with RSA's RC2 cipher
- that was posted to sci.crypt has been added to the library and SSL.
- I take the view that if RC2 is going to be included in a standard,
- I'll include the cipher to make my package complete.
- There are NO_RC2, NO_RC4 and NO_IDEA macros to remove these ciphers
- at compile time. I have not tested this recently but it should all work
- and if you are in the USA and don't want RSA threatening to sue you,
- you could probably remove the RC4/RC2 code inside these sections.
- I may in the future include a perl script that does this code
- removal automatically for those in the USA :-).
-- I have removed all references to sed in the makefiles. So basically,
- the development environment requires perl and sh. The build environment
- does not (use the makefile.one makefile).
- The Configure script still requires perl, this will probably stay that way
- since I have perl for Windows NT :-).
-
-eric (03-May-1996)
-
-PS Have a look in the VERSION file for more details on the changes and
- bug fixes.
-I have fixed a few bugs, added alpha and x86 assembler and generally cleaned
-things up. This version will be quite stable, mostly because I'm on
-holidays until 10-March-1996. For any problems in the interum, send email
-to Tim Hudson <tjh at mincom.oz.au>.
-
-SSLeay 0.5.0
-
-12-12-95
-This is going out before it should really be released.
-
-I leave for 11 weeks holidays on the 22-12-95 and so I either sit on
-this for 11 weeks or get things out. It is still going to change a
-lot in the next week so if you do grab this version, please test and
-give me feed back ASAP, inculuding questions on how to do things with
-the library. This will prompt me to write documentation so I don't
-have to answer the same question again :-).
-
-This 'pre' release version is for people who are interested in the
-library. The applications will have to be changed to use
-the new version of the SSL interface. I intend to finish more
-documentation before I leave but until then, look at the programs in
-the apps directory. As far as code goes, it is much much nicer than
-the old version.
-
-The current library works, has no memory leaks (as far as I can tell)
-and is far more bug free that 0.4.5d. There are no global variable of
-consequence (I believe) and I will produce some documentation that
-tell where to look for those people that do want to do multi-threaded
-stuff.
-
-There should be more documentation. Have a look in the
-doc directory. I'll be adding more before I leave, it is a start
-by mostly documents the crypto library. Tim Hudson will update
-the web page ASAP. The spelling and grammar are crap but
-it is better than nothing :-)
-
-Reasons to start playing with version 0.5.0
-- All the programs in the apps directory build into one ssleay binary.
-- There is a new version of the 'req' program that generates certificate
- requests, there is even documentation for this one :-)
-- There is a demo certification authorithy program. Currently it will
- look at the simple database and update it. It will generate CRL from
- the data base. You need to edit the database by hand to revoke a
- certificate, it is my aim to use perl5/Tk but I don't have time to do
- this right now. It will generate the certificates but the management
- scripts still need to be written. This is not a hard task.
-- Things have been cleaned up a lot.
-- Have a look at the enc and dgst programs in the apps directory.
-- It supports v3 of x509 certiticates.
-
-
-Major things missing.
-- I have been working on (and thinging about) the distributed x509
- hierachy problem. I have not had time to put my solution in place.
- It will have to wait until I come back.
-- I have not put in CRL checking in the certificate verification but
- it would not be hard to do. I was waiting until I could generate my
- own CRL (which has only been in the last week) and I don't have time
- to put it in correctly.
-- Montgomery multiplication need to be implemented. I know the
- algorithm, just ran out of time.
-- PKCS#7. I can load and write the DER version. I need to re-work
- things to support BER (if that means nothing, read the ASN1 spec :-).
-- Testing of the higher level digital envelope routines. I have not
- played with the *_seal() and *_open() type functions. They are
- written but need testing. The *_sign() and *_verify() functions are
- rock solid.
-- PEM. Doing this and PKCS#7 have been dependant on the distributed
- x509 heirachy problem. I started implementing my ideas, got
- distracted writing a CA program and then ran out of time. I provide
- the functionality of RSAref at least.
-- Re work the asm. code for the x86. I've changed by low level bignum
- interface again, so I really need to tweak the x86 stuff. gcc is
- good enough for the other boxes.
-
diff --git a/doc/README b/doc/README
index 6ecc14d..a5e1787 100644
--- a/doc/README
+++ b/doc/README
@@ -1,12 +1,8 @@
apps/openssl.pod .... Documentation of OpenSSL `openssl' command
- crypto/crypto.pod ... Documentation of OpenSSL crypto.h+libcrypto.a
- ssl/ssl.pod ......... Documentation of OpenSSL ssl.h+libssl.a
- openssl.txt ......... Assembled documentation files for OpenSSL [not final]
- ssleay.txt .......... Assembled documentation of ancestor SSLeay [obsolete]
- standards.txt ....... Assembled pointers to standards, RFCs or internet drafts
- that are related to OpenSSL.
-
- An archive of HTML documents for the SSLeay library is available from
- http://www.columbia.edu/~ariel/ssleay/
+ crypto/crypto.pod ... Documentation of OpenSSL crypto.h (libcrypto)
+ ssl/ssl.pod ......... Documentation of OpenSSL ssl.h (libssl)
+ standards.txt ....... Pointers to standards, RFCs or internet drafts
+ that are related to OpenSSL. Incomplete.
+ HTML versions are on https://www.openssl.org/docs
diff --git a/doc/c-indentation.el b/doc/c-indentation.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 90861d3..0000000
--- a/doc/c-indentation.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-; This Emacs Lisp file defines a C indentation style that closely
-; follows most aspects of the one that is used throughout SSLeay,
-; and hence in OpenSSL.
-;
-; This definition is for the "CC mode" package, which is the default
-; mode for editing C source files in Emacs 20, not for the older
-; c-mode.el (which was the default in less recent releaes of Emacs 19).
-;
-; Copy the definition in your .emacs file or use M-x eval-buffer.
-; To activate this indentation style, visit a C file, type
-; M-x c-set-style <RET> (or C-c . for short), and enter "eay".
-; To toggle the auto-newline feature of CC mode, type C-c C-a.
-;
-; Apparently statement blocks that are not introduced by a statement
-; such as "if" and that are not the body of a function cannot
-; be handled too well by CC mode with this indentation style,
-; so you have to indent them manually (you can use C-q tab).
-;
-; For suggesting improvements, please send e-mail to bodo at openssl.org.
-
-(c-add-style "eay"
- '((c-basic-offset . 8)
- (indent-tabs-mode . t)
- (c-comment-only-line-offset . 0)
- (c-hanging-braces-alist)
- (c-offsets-alist . ((defun-open . +)
- (defun-block-intro . 0)
- (class-open . +)
- (class-close . +)
- (block-open . 0)
- (block-close . 0)
- (substatement-open . +)
- (statement . 0)
- (statement-block-intro . 0)
- (statement-case-open . +)
- (statement-case-intro . +)
- (case-label . -)
- (label . -)
- (arglist-cont-nonempty . +)
- (topmost-intro . -)
- (brace-list-close . 0)
- (brace-list-intro . 0)
- (brace-list-open . +)
- ))))
-
diff --git a/doc/fingerprints.txt b/doc/fingerprints.txt
index 373e90d..b55d7bb 100644
--- a/doc/fingerprints.txt
+++ b/doc/fingerprints.txt
@@ -1,63 +1,27 @@
- Fingerprints
+Fingerprints for Signing Relases
-OpenSSL releases are signed with PGP/GnuPG keys. You can find the
-signatures in separate files in the same location you find the
-distributions themselves. The normal file name is the same as the
-distribution file, with '.asc' added. For example, the signature for
-the distribution of OpenSSL 1.0.1h, openssl-1.0.1h.tar.gz, is found in
-the file openssl-1.0.1h.tar.gz.asc.
+OpenSSL releases are signed with PGP/GnuPG keys. This file contains
+the fingerprints of team members who are "authorized" to sign the
+next release.
+
+The signature is a detached cleartxt signature, with the same name
+as the release but with ".asc" appended. For example, release
+1.0.1h can be found in openssl-1.0.1h.tar.gz with the signature
+in the file named openssl-1.0.1h.tar.gz.asc.
The following is the list of fingerprints for the keys that are
currently in use to sign OpenSSL distributions:
-pub 1024D/F709453B 2003-10-20
- Key fingerprint = C4CA B749 C34F 7F4C C04F DAC9 A7AF 9E78 F709 453B
-uid Richard Levitte <richard at levitte.org>
+pub 4096R/7DF9EE8C 2014-10-04
+ Key fingerprint = 7953 AC1F BC3D C8B3 B292 393E D5E9 E43F 7DF9 EE8C
+uid Richard Levitte <richard at opensslfoundation.com>
uid Richard Levitte <levitte at openssl.org>
-uid Richard Levitte <levitte at lp.se>
-
-pub 2048R/F295C759 1998-12-13
- Key fingerprint = D0 5D 8C 61 6E 27 E6 60 41 EC B1 B8 D5 7E E5 97
-uid Dr S N Henson <shenson at drh-consultancy.demon.co.uk>
+uid Richard Levitte <richard at openssl.com>
pub 4096R/FA40E9E2 2005-03-19
Key fingerprint = 6260 5AA4 334A F9F0 DDE5 D349 D357 7507 FA40 E9E2
-uid Dr Stephen Henson <shenson at opensslfoundation.com>
-uid Dr Stephen Henson <shenson at drh-consultancy.co.uk>
uid Dr Stephen N Henson <steve at openssl.org>
-sub 4096R/8811F530 2005-03-19
-
-pub 1024R/49A563D9 1997-02-24
- Key fingerprint = 7B 79 19 FA 71 6B 87 25 0E 77 21 E5 52 D9 83 BF
-uid Mark Cox <mjc at redhat.com>
-uid Mark Cox <mark at awe.com>
-uid Mark Cox <mjc at apache.org>
-
-pub 1024R/9C58A66D 1997-04-03
- Key fingerprint = 13 D0 B8 9D 37 30 C3 ED AC 9C 24 7D 45 8C 17 67
-uid jaenicke at openssl.org
-uid Lutz Jaenicke <Lutz.Jaenicke at aet.TU-Cottbus.DE>
-
-pub 1024D/2118CF83 1998-07-13
- Key fingerprint = 7656 55DE 62E3 96FF 2587 EB6C 4F6D E156 2118 CF83
-uid Ben Laurie <ben at thebunker.net>
-uid Ben Laurie <ben at cryptix.org>
-uid Ben Laurie <ben at algroup.co.uk>
-sub 4096g/1F5143E7 1998-07-13
-
-pub 1024R/5A6A9B85 1994-03-22
- Key fingerprint = C7 AC 7E AD 56 6A 65 EC F6 16 66 83 7E 86 68 28
-uid Bodo Moeller <2005 at bmoeller.de>
-uid Bodo Moeller <2003 at bmoeller.de>
-uid Bodo Moeller <2004 at bmoeller.de>
-uid Bodo Moeller <bmoeller at acm.org>
-uid Bodo Moeller <bodo at openssl.org>
-uid Bodo Moeller <bm at ulf.mali.sub.org>
-uid Bodo Moeller <3moeller at informatik.uni-hamburg.de>
-uid Bodo Moeller <Bodo_Moeller at public.uni-hamburg.de>
-uid Bodo Moeller <3moeller at rzdspc5.informatik.uni-hamburg.de>
pub 2048R/0E604491 2013-04-30
Key fingerprint = 8657 ABB2 60F0 56B1 E519 0839 D9C4 D26D 0E60 4491
uid Matt Caswell <frodo at baggins.org>
-
diff --git a/doc/openssl-shared.txt b/doc/openssl-shared.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cf84a0..0000000
--- a/doc/openssl-shared.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-The OpenSSL shared libraries are often installed in a directory like
-/usr/local/ssl/lib.
-
-If this directory is not in a standard system path for dynamic/shared
-libraries, then you will have problems linking and executing
-applications that use OpenSSL libraries UNLESS:
-
-* you link with static (archive) libraries. If you are truly
- paranoid about security, you should use static libraries.
-* you use the GNU libtool code during linking
- (http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/libtool.html)
-* you use pkg-config during linking (this requires that
- PKG_CONFIG_PATH includes the path to the OpenSSL shared
- library directory), and make use of -R or -rpath.
- (http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/)
-* you specify the system-wide link path via a command such
- as crle(1) on Solaris systems.
-* you add the OpenSSL shared library directory to /etc/ld.so.conf
- and run ldconfig(8) on Linux systems.
-* you define the LD_LIBRARY_PATH, LIBPATH, SHLIB_PATH (HP),
- DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH (MacOS X) or PATH (Cygwin and DJGPP)
- environment variable and add the OpenSSL shared library
- directory to it.
-
-One common tool to check the dynamic dependencies of an executable
-or dynamic library is ldd(1) on most UNIX systems.
-
-See any operating system documentation and manpages about shared
-libraries for your version of UNIX. The following manpages may be
-helpful: ld(1), ld.so(1), ld.so.1(1) [Solaris], dld.sl(1) [HP],
-ldd(1), crle(1) [Solaris], pldd(1) [Solaris], ldconfig(8) [Linux],
-chatr(1) [HP].
diff --git a/doc/openssl.txt b/doc/openssl.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f8817b0..0000000
--- a/doc/openssl.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1254 +0,0 @@
-
-This is some preliminary documentation for OpenSSL.
-
-Contents:
-
- OpenSSL X509V3 extension configuration
- X509V3 Extension code: programmers guide
- PKCS#12 Library
-
-
-==============================================================================
- OpenSSL X509V3 extension configuration
-==============================================================================
-
-OpenSSL X509V3 extension configuration: preliminary documentation.
-
-INTRODUCTION.
-
-For OpenSSL 0.9.2 the extension code has be considerably enhanced. It is now
-possible to add and print out common X509 V3 certificate and CRL extensions.
-
-BEGINNERS NOTE
-
-For most simple applications you don't need to know too much about extensions:
-the default openssl.cnf values will usually do sensible things.
-
-If you want to know more you can initially quickly look through the sections
-describing how the standard OpenSSL utilities display and add extensions and
-then the list of supported extensions.
-
-For more technical information about the meaning of extensions see:
-
-http://www.imc.org/ietf-pkix/
-http://home.netscape.com/eng/security/certs.html
-
-PRINTING EXTENSIONS.
-
-Extension values are automatically printed out for supported extensions.
-
-openssl x509 -in cert.pem -text
-openssl crl -in crl.pem -text
-
-will give information in the extension printout, for example:
-
- X509v3 extensions:
- X509v3 Basic Constraints:
- CA:TRUE
- X509v3 Subject Key Identifier:
- 73:FE:F7:59:A7:E1:26:84:44:D6:44:36:EE:79:1A:95:7C:B1:4B:15
- X509v3 Authority Key Identifier:
- keyid:73:FE:F7:59:A7:E1:26:84:44:D6:44:36:EE:79:1A:95:7C:B1:4B:15, DirName:/C=AU/ST=Some-State/O=Internet Widgits Pty Ltd/Email=email at 1.address/Email=email at 2.address, serial:00
- X509v3 Key Usage:
- Certificate Sign, CRL Sign
- X509v3 Subject Alternative Name:
- email:email at 1.address, email:email at 2.address
-
-CONFIGURATION FILES.
-
-The OpenSSL utilities 'ca' and 'req' can now have extension sections listing
-which certificate extensions to include. In each case a line:
-
-x509_extensions = extension_section
-
-indicates which section contains the extensions. In the case of 'req' the
-extension section is used when the -x509 option is present to create a
-self signed root certificate.
-
-The 'x509' utility also supports extensions when it signs a certificate.
-The -extfile option is used to set the configuration file containing the
-extensions. In this case a line with:
-
-extensions = extension_section
-
-in the nameless (default) section is used. If no such line is included then
-it uses the default section.
-
-You can also add extensions to CRLs: a line
-
-crl_extensions = crl_extension_section
-
-will include extensions when the -gencrl option is used with the 'ca' utility.
-You can add any extension to a CRL but of the supported extensions only
-issuerAltName and authorityKeyIdentifier make any real sense. Note: these are
-CRL extensions NOT CRL *entry* extensions which cannot currently be generated.
-CRL entry extensions can be displayed.
-
-NB. At this time Netscape Communicator rejects V2 CRLs: to get an old V1 CRL
-you should not include a crl_extensions line in the configuration file.
-
-As with all configuration files you can use the inbuilt environment expansion
-to allow the values to be passed in the environment. Therefore if you have
-several extension sections used for different purposes you can have a line:
-
-x509_extensions = $ENV::ENV_EXT
-
-and set the ENV_EXT environment variable before calling the relevant utility.
-
-EXTENSION SYNTAX.
-
-Extensions have the basic form:
-
-extension_name=[critical,] extension_options
-
-the use of the critical option makes the extension critical. Extreme caution
-should be made when using the critical flag. If an extension is marked
-as critical then any client that does not understand the extension should
-reject it as invalid. Some broken software will reject certificates which
-have *any* critical extensions (these violates PKIX but we have to live
-with it).
-
-There are three main types of extension: string extensions, multi-valued
-extensions, and raw extensions.
-
-String extensions simply have a string which contains either the value itself
-or how it is obtained.
-
-For example:
-
-nsComment="This is a Comment"
-
-Multi-valued extensions have a short form and a long form. The short form
-is a list of names and values:
-
-basicConstraints=critical,CA:true,pathlen:1
-
-The long form allows the values to be placed in a separate section:
-
-basicConstraints=critical, at bs_section
-
-[bs_section]
-
-CA=true
-pathlen=1
-
-Both forms are equivalent. However it should be noted that in some cases the
-same name can appear multiple times, for example,
-
-subjectAltName=email:steve at here,email:steve at there
-
-in this case an equivalent long form is:
-
-subjectAltName=@alt_section
-
-[alt_section]
-
-email.1=steve at here
-email.2=steve at there
-
-This is because the configuration file code cannot handle the same name
-occurring twice in the same section.
-
-The syntax of raw extensions is governed by the extension code: it can
-for example contain data in multiple sections. The correct syntax to
-use is defined by the extension code itself: check out the certificate
-policies extension for an example.
-
-There are two ways to encode arbitrary extensions.
-
-The first way is to use the word ASN1 followed by the extension content
-using the same syntax as ASN1_generate_nconf(). For example:
-
-1.2.3.4=critical,ASN1:UTF8String:Some random data
-
-1.2.3.4=ASN1:SEQUENCE:seq_sect
-
-[seq_sect]
-
-field1 = UTF8:field1
-field2 = UTF8:field2
-
-It is also possible to use the word DER to include arbitrary data in any
-extension.
-
-1.2.3.4=critical,DER:01:02:03:04
-1.2.3.4=DER:01020304
-
-The value following DER is a hex dump of the DER encoding of the extension
-Any extension can be placed in this form to override the default behaviour.
-For example:
-
-basicConstraints=critical,DER:00:01:02:03
-
-WARNING: DER should be used with caution. It is possible to create totally
-invalid extensions unless care is taken.
-
-CURRENTLY SUPPORTED EXTENSIONS.
-
-If you aren't sure about extensions then they can be largely ignored: its only
-when you want to do things like restrict certificate usage when you need to
-worry about them.
-
-The only extension that a beginner might want to look at is Basic Constraints.
-If in addition you want to try Netscape object signing the you should also
-look at Netscape Certificate Type.
-
-Literal String extensions.
-
-In each case the 'value' of the extension is placed directly in the
-extension. Currently supported extensions in this category are: nsBaseUrl,
-nsRevocationUrl, nsCaRevocationUrl, nsRenewalUrl, nsCaPolicyUrl,
-nsSslServerName and nsComment.
-
-For example:
-
-nsComment="This is a test comment"
-
-Bit Strings.
-
-Bit string extensions just consist of a list of supported bits, currently
-two extensions are in this category: PKIX keyUsage and the Netscape specific
-nsCertType.
-
-nsCertType (netscape certificate type) takes the flags: client, server, email,
-objsign, reserved, sslCA, emailCA, objCA.
-
-keyUsage (PKIX key usage) takes the flags: digitalSignature, nonRepudiation,
-keyEncipherment, dataEncipherment, keyAgreement, keyCertSign, cRLSign,
-encipherOnly, decipherOnly.
-
-For example:
-
-nsCertType=server
-
-keyUsage=digitalSignature, nonRepudiation
-
-Hints on Netscape Certificate Type.
-
-Other than Basic Constraints this is the only extension a beginner might
-want to use, if you want to try Netscape object signing, otherwise it can
-be ignored.
-
-If you want a certificate that can be used just for object signing then:
-
-nsCertType=objsign
-
-will do the job. If you want to use it as a normal end user and server
-certificate as well then
-
-nsCertType=objsign,email,server
-
-is more appropriate. You cannot use a self signed certificate for object
-signing (well Netscape signtool can but it cheats!) so you need to create
-a CA certificate and sign an end user certificate with it.
-
-Side note: If you want to conform to the Netscape specifications then you
-should really also set:
-
-nsCertType=objCA
-
-in the *CA* certificate for just an object signing CA and
-
-nsCertType=objCA,emailCA,sslCA
-
-for everything. Current Netscape software doesn't enforce this so it can
-be omitted.
-
-Basic Constraints.
-
-This is generally the only extension you need to worry about for simple
-applications. If you want your certificate to be usable as a CA certificate
-(in addition to an end user certificate) then you set this to:
-
-basicConstraints=CA:TRUE
-
-if you want to be certain the certificate cannot be used as a CA then do:
-
-basicConstraints=CA:FALSE
-
-The rest of this section describes more advanced usage.
-
-Basic constraints is a multi-valued extension that supports a CA and an
-optional pathlen option. The CA option takes the values true and false and
-pathlen takes an integer. Note if the CA option is false the pathlen option
-should be omitted.
-
-The pathlen parameter indicates the maximum number of CAs that can appear
-below this one in a chain. So if you have a CA with a pathlen of zero it can
-only be used to sign end user certificates and not further CAs. This all
-assumes that the software correctly interprets this extension of course.
-
-Examples:
-
-basicConstraints=CA:TRUE
-basicConstraints=critical,CA:TRUE, pathlen:0
-
-NOTE: for a CA to be considered valid it must have the CA option set to
-TRUE. An end user certificate MUST NOT have the CA value set to true.
-According to PKIX recommendations it should exclude the extension entirely,
-however some software may require CA set to FALSE for end entity certificates.
-
-Extended Key Usage.
-
-This extensions consists of a list of usages.
-
-These can either be object short names of the dotted numerical form of OIDs.
-While any OID can be used only certain values make sense. In particular the
-following PKIX, NS and MS values are meaningful:
-
-Value Meaning
------ -------
-serverAuth SSL/TLS Web Server Authentication.
-clientAuth SSL/TLS Web Client Authentication.
-codeSigning Code signing.
-emailProtection E-mail Protection (S/MIME).
-timeStamping Trusted Timestamping
-msCodeInd Microsoft Individual Code Signing (authenticode)
-msCodeCom Microsoft Commercial Code Signing (authenticode)
-msCTLSign Microsoft Trust List Signing
-msSGC Microsoft Server Gated Crypto
-msEFS Microsoft Encrypted File System
-nsSGC Netscape Server Gated Crypto
-
-For example, under IE5 a CA can be used for any purpose: by including a list
-of the above usages the CA can be restricted to only authorised uses.
-
-Note: software packages may place additional interpretations on certificate
-use, in particular some usages may only work for selected CAs. Don't for example
-expect just including msSGC or nsSGC will automatically mean that a certificate
-can be used for SGC ("step up" encryption) otherwise anyone could use it.
-
-Examples:
-
-extendedKeyUsage=critical,codeSigning,1.2.3.4
-extendedKeyUsage=nsSGC,msSGC
-
-Subject Key Identifier.
-
-This is really a string extension and can take two possible values. Either
-a hex string giving details of the extension value to include or the word
-'hash' which then automatically follow PKIX guidelines in selecting and
-appropriate key identifier. The use of the hex string is strongly discouraged.
-
-Example: subjectKeyIdentifier=hash
-
-Authority Key Identifier.
-
-The authority key identifier extension permits two options. keyid and issuer:
-both can take the optional value "always".
-
-If the keyid option is present an attempt is made to copy the subject key
-identifier from the parent certificate. If the value "always" is present
-then an error is returned if the option fails.
-
-The issuer option copies the issuer and serial number from the issuer
-certificate. Normally this will only be done if the keyid option fails or
-is not included: the "always" flag will always include the value.
-
-Subject Alternative Name.
-
-The subject alternative name extension allows various literal values to be
-included in the configuration file. These include "email" (an email address)
-"URI" a uniform resource indicator, "DNS" (a DNS domain name), RID (a
-registered ID: OBJECT IDENTIFIER), IP (and IP address) and otherName.
-
-Also the email option include a special 'copy' value. This will automatically
-include and email addresses contained in the certificate subject name in
-the extension.
-
-otherName can include arbitrary data associated with an OID: the value
-should be the OID followed by a semicolon and the content in standard
-ASN1_generate_nconf() format.
-
-Examples:
-
-subjectAltName=email:copy,email:my at other.address,URI:http://my.url.here/
-subjectAltName=email:my at other.address,RID:1.2.3.4
-subjectAltName=otherName:1.2.3.4;UTF8:some other identifier
-
-Issuer Alternative Name.
-
-The issuer alternative name option supports all the literal options of
-subject alternative name. It does *not* support the email:copy option because
-that would not make sense. It does support an additional issuer:copy option
-that will copy all the subject alternative name values from the issuer
-certificate (if possible).
-
-Example:
-
-issuserAltName = issuer:copy
-
-Authority Info Access.
-
-The authority information access extension gives details about how to access
-certain information relating to the CA. Its syntax is accessOID;location
-where 'location' has the same syntax as subject alternative name (except
-that email:copy is not supported). accessOID can be any valid OID but only
-certain values are meaningful for example OCSP and caIssuers. OCSP gives the
-location of an OCSP responder: this is used by Netscape PSM and other software.
-
-Example:
-
-authorityInfoAccess = OCSP;URI:http://ocsp.my.host/
-authorityInfoAccess = caIssuers;URI:http://my.ca/ca.html
-
-CRL distribution points.
-
-This is a multi-valued extension that supports all the literal options of
-subject alternative name. Of the few software packages that currently interpret
-this extension most only interpret the URI option.
-
-Currently each option will set a new DistributionPoint with the fullName
-field set to the given value.
-
-Other fields like cRLissuer and reasons cannot currently be set or displayed:
-at this time no examples were available that used these fields.
-
-If you see this extension with <UNSUPPORTED> when you attempt to print it out
-or it doesn't appear to display correctly then let me know, including the
-certificate (mail me at steve at openssl.org) .
-
-Examples:
-
-crlDistributionPoints=URI:http://www.myhost.com/myca.crl
-crlDistributionPoints=URI:http://www.my.com/my.crl,URI:http://www.oth.com/my.crl
-
-Certificate Policies.
-
-This is a RAW extension. It attempts to display the contents of this extension:
-unfortunately this extension is often improperly encoded.
-
-The certificate policies extension will rarely be used in practice: few
-software packages interpret it correctly or at all. IE5 does partially
-support this extension: but it needs the 'ia5org' option because it will
-only correctly support a broken encoding. Of the options below only the
-policy OID, explicitText and CPS options are displayed with IE5.
-
-All the fields of this extension can be set by using the appropriate syntax.
-
-If you follow the PKIX recommendations of not including any qualifiers and just
-using only one OID then you just include the value of that OID. Multiple OIDs
-can be set separated by commas, for example:
-
-certificatePolicies= 1.2.4.5, 1.1.3.4
-
-If you wish to include qualifiers then the policy OID and qualifiers need to
-be specified in a separate section: this is done by using the @section syntax
-instead of a literal OID value.
-
-The section referred to must include the policy OID using the name
-policyIdentifier, cPSuri qualifiers can be included using the syntax:
-
-CPS.nnn=value
-
-userNotice qualifiers can be set using the syntax:
-
-userNotice.nnn=@notice
-
-The value of the userNotice qualifier is specified in the relevant section.
-This section can include explicitText, organization and noticeNumbers
-options. explicitText and organization are text strings, noticeNumbers is a
-comma separated list of numbers. The organization and noticeNumbers options
-(if included) must BOTH be present. If you use the userNotice option with IE5
-then you need the 'ia5org' option at the top level to modify the encoding:
-otherwise it will not be interpreted properly.
-
-Example:
-
-certificatePolicies=ia5org,1.2.3.4,1.5.6.7.8, at polsect
-
-[polsect]
-
-policyIdentifier = 1.3.5.8
-CPS.1="http://my.host.name/"
-CPS.2="http://my.your.name/"
-userNotice.1=@notice
-
-[notice]
-
-explicitText="Explicit Text Here"
-organization="Organisation Name"
-noticeNumbers=1,2,3,4
-
-TECHNICAL NOTE: the ia5org option changes the type of the 'organization' field,
-according to PKIX it should be of type DisplayText but Verisign uses an
-IA5STRING and IE5 needs this too.
-
-Display only extensions.
-
-Some extensions are only partially supported and currently are only displayed
-but cannot be set. These include private key usage period, CRL number, and
-CRL reason.
-
-==============================================================================
- X509V3 Extension code: programmers guide
-==============================================================================
-
-The purpose of the extension code is twofold. It allows an extension to be
-created from a string or structure describing its contents and it prints out an
-extension in a human or machine readable form.
-
-1. Initialisation and cleanup.
-
-No special initialisation is needed before calling the extension functions.
-You used to have to call X509V3_add_standard_extensions(); but this is no longer
-required and this function no longer does anything.
-
-void X509V3_EXT_cleanup(void);
-
-This function should be called to cleanup the extension code if any custom
-extensions have been added. If no custom extensions have been added then this
-call does nothing. After this call all custom extension code is freed up but
-you can still use the standard extensions.
-
-2. Printing and parsing extensions.
-
-The simplest way to print out extensions is via the standard X509 printing
-routines: if you use the standard X509_print() function, the supported
-extensions will be printed out automatically.
-
-The following functions allow finer control over extension display:
-
-int X509V3_EXT_print(BIO *out, X509_EXTENSION *ext, int flag, int indent);
-int X509V3_EXT_print_fp(FILE *out, X509_EXTENSION *ext, int flag, int indent);
-
-These two functions print out an individual extension to a BIO or FILE pointer.
-Currently the flag argument is unused and should be set to 0. The 'indent'
-argument is the number of spaces to indent each line.
-
-void *X509V3_EXT_d2i(X509_EXTENSION *ext);
-
-This function parses an extension and returns its internal structure. The
-precise structure you get back depends on the extension being parsed. If the
-extension if basicConstraints you will get back a pointer to a
-BASIC_CONSTRAINTS structure. Check out the source in crypto/x509v3 for more
-details about the structures returned. The returned structure should be freed
-after use using the relevant free function, BASIC_CONSTRAINTS_free() for
-example.
-
-void * X509_get_ext_d2i(X509 *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
-void * X509_CRL_get_ext_d2i(X509_CRL *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
-void * X509_REVOKED_get_ext_d2i(X509_REVOKED *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
-void * X509V3_get_d2i(STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
-
-These functions combine the operations of searching for extensions and
-parsing them. They search a certificate, a CRL a CRL entry or a stack
-of extensions respectively for extension whose NID is 'nid' and return
-the parsed result of NULL if an error occurred. For example:
-
-BASIC_CONSTRAINTS *bs;
-bs = X509_get_ext_d2i(cert, NID_basic_constraints, NULL, NULL);
-
-This will search for the basicConstraints extension and either return
-it value or NULL. NULL can mean either the extension was not found, it
-occurred more than once or it could not be parsed.
-
-If 'idx' is NULL then an extension is only parsed if it occurs precisely
-once. This is standard behaviour because extensions normally cannot occur
-more than once. If however more than one extension of the same type can
-occur it can be used to parse successive extensions for example:
-
-int i;
-void *ext;
-
-i = -1;
-for(;;) {
- ext = X509_get_ext_d2i(x, nid, crit, &idx);
- if(ext == NULL) break;
- /* Do something with ext */
-}
-
-If 'crit' is not NULL and the extension was found then the int it points to
-is set to 1 for critical extensions and 0 for non critical. Therefore if the
-function returns NULL but 'crit' is set to 0 or 1 then the extension was
-found but it could not be parsed.
-
-The int pointed to by crit will be set to -1 if the extension was not found
-and -2 if the extension occurred more than once (this will only happen if
-idx is NULL). In both cases the function will return NULL.
-
-3. Generating extensions.
-
-An extension will typically be generated from a configuration file, or some
-other kind of configuration database.
-
-int X509V3_EXT_add_conf(LHASH *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *section,
- X509 *cert);
-int X509V3_EXT_CRL_add_conf(LHASH *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *section,
- X509_CRL *crl);
-
-These functions add all the extensions in the given section to the given
-certificate or CRL. They will normally be called just before the certificate
-or CRL is due to be signed. Both return 0 on error on non zero for success.
-
-In each case 'conf' is the LHASH pointer of the configuration file to use
-and 'section' is the section containing the extension details.
-
-See the 'context functions' section for a description of the ctx parameter.
-
-
-X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_conf(LHASH *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *name,
- char *value);
-
-This function returns an extension based on a name and value pair, if the
-pair will not need to access other sections in a config file (or there is no
-config file) then the 'conf' parameter can be set to NULL.
-
-X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_conf_nid(char *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, int nid,
- char *value);
-
-This function creates an extension in the same way as X509V3_EXT_conf() but
-takes the NID of the extension rather than its name.
-
-For example to produce basicConstraints with the CA flag and a path length of
-10:
-
-x = X509V3_EXT_conf_nid(NULL, NULL, NID_basic_constraints,"CA:TRUE,pathlen:10");
-
-
-X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_i2d(int ext_nid, int crit, void *ext_struc);
-
-This function sets up an extension from its internal structure. The ext_nid
-parameter is the NID of the extension and 'crit' is the critical flag.
-
-4. Context functions.
-
-The following functions set and manipulate an extension context structure.
-The purpose of the extension context is to allow the extension code to
-access various structures relating to the "environment" of the certificate:
-for example the issuers certificate or the certificate request.
-
-void X509V3_set_ctx(X509V3_CTX *ctx, X509 *issuer, X509 *subject,
- X509_REQ *req, X509_CRL *crl, int flags);
-
-This function sets up an X509V3_CTX structure with details of the certificate
-environment: specifically the issuers certificate, the subject certificate,
-the certificate request and the CRL: if these are not relevant or not
-available then they can be set to NULL. The 'flags' parameter should be set
-to zero.
-
-X509V3_set_ctx_test(ctx)
-
-This macro is used to set the 'ctx' structure to a 'test' value: this is to
-allow the syntax of an extension (or configuration file) to be tested.
-
-X509V3_set_ctx_nodb(ctx)
-
-This macro is used when no configuration database is present.
-
-void X509V3_set_conf_lhash(X509V3_CTX *ctx, LHASH *lhash);
-
-This function is used to set the configuration database when it is an LHASH
-structure: typically a configuration file.
-
-The following functions are used to access a configuration database: they
-should only be used in RAW extensions.
-
-char * X509V3_get_string(X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *name, char *section);
-
-This function returns the value of the parameter "name" in "section", or NULL
-if there has been an error.
-
-void X509V3_string_free(X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *str);
-
-This function frees up the string returned by the above function.
-
-STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) * X509V3_get_section(X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *section);
-
-This function returns a whole section as a STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) .
-
-void X509V3_section_free( X509V3_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *section);
-
-This function frees up the STACK returned by the above function.
-
-Note: it is possible to use the extension code with a custom configuration
-database. To do this the "db_meth" element of the X509V3_CTX structure should
-be set to an X509V3_CTX_METHOD structure. This structure contains the following
-function pointers:
-
-char * (*get_string)(void *db, char *section, char *value);
-STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) * (*get_section)(void *db, char *section);
-void (*free_string)(void *db, char * string);
-void (*free_section)(void *db, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *section);
-
-these will be called and passed the 'db' element in the X509V3_CTX structure
-to access the database. If a given function is not implemented or not required
-it can be set to NULL.
-
-5. String helper functions.
-
-There are several "i2s" and "s2i" functions that convert structures to and
-from ASCII strings. In all the "i2s" cases the returned string should be
-freed using Free() after use. Since some of these are part of other extension
-code they may take a 'method' parameter. Unless otherwise stated it can be
-safely set to NULL.
-
-char *i2s_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, ASN1_OCTET_STRING *oct);
-
-This returns a hex string from an ASN1_OCTET_STRING.
-
-char * i2s_ASN1_INTEGER(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *meth, ASN1_INTEGER *aint);
-char * i2s_ASN1_ENUMERATED(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *meth, ASN1_ENUMERATED *aint);
-
-These return a string decimal representations of an ASN1_INTEGER and an
-ASN1_ENUMERATED type, respectively.
-
-ASN1_OCTET_STRING *s2i_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method,
- X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *str);
-
-This converts an ASCII hex string to an ASN1_OCTET_STRING.
-
-ASN1_INTEGER * s2i_ASN1_INTEGER(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *meth, char *value);
-
-This converts a decimal ASCII string into an ASN1_INTEGER.
-
-6. Multi valued extension helper functions.
-
-The following functions can be used to manipulate STACKs of CONF_VALUE
-structures, as used by multi valued extensions.
-
-int X509V3_get_value_bool(CONF_VALUE *value, int *asn1_bool);
-
-This function expects a boolean value in 'value' and sets 'asn1_bool' to
-it. That is it sets it to 0 for FALSE or 0xff for TRUE. The following
-strings are acceptable: "TRUE", "true", "Y", "y", "YES", "yes", "FALSE"
-"false", "N", "n", "NO" or "no".
-
-int X509V3_get_value_int(CONF_VALUE *value, ASN1_INTEGER **aint);
-
-This accepts a decimal integer of arbitrary length and sets an ASN1_INTEGER.
-
-int X509V3_add_value(const char *name, const char *value,
- STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist);
-
-This simply adds a string name and value pair.
-
-int X509V3_add_value_uchar(const char *name, const unsigned char *value,
- STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist);
-
-The same as above but for an unsigned character value.
-
-int X509V3_add_value_bool(const char *name, int asn1_bool,
- STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist);
-
-This adds either "TRUE" or "FALSE" depending on the value of 'asn1_bool'
-
-int X509V3_add_value_bool_nf(char *name, int asn1_bool,
- STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist);
-
-This is the same as above except it adds nothing if asn1_bool is FALSE.
-
-int X509V3_add_value_int(const char *name, ASN1_INTEGER *aint,
- STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist);
-
-This function adds the value of the ASN1_INTEGER in decimal form.
-
-7. Other helper functions.
-
-<to be added>
-
-ADDING CUSTOM EXTENSIONS.
-
-Currently there are three types of supported extensions.
-
-String extensions are simple strings where the value is placed directly in the
-extensions, and the string returned is printed out.
-
-Multi value extensions are passed a STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) name and value pairs
-or return a STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE).
-
-Raw extensions are just passed a BIO or a value and it is the extensions
-responsibility to handle all the necessary printing.
-
-There are two ways to add an extension. One is simply as an alias to an already
-existing extension. An alias is an extension that is identical in ASN1 structure
-to an existing extension but has a different OBJECT IDENTIFIER. This can be
-done by calling:
-
-int X509V3_EXT_add_alias(int nid_to, int nid_from);
-
-'nid_to' is the new extension NID and 'nid_from' is the already existing
-extension NID.
-
-Alternatively an extension can be written from scratch. This involves writing
-the ASN1 code to encode and decode the extension and functions to print out and
-generate the extension from strings. The relevant functions are then placed in
-a X509V3_EXT_METHOD structure and int X509V3_EXT_add(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *ext);
-called.
-
-The X509V3_EXT_METHOD structure is described below.
-
-struct {
-int ext_nid;
-int ext_flags;
-X509V3_EXT_NEW ext_new;
-X509V3_EXT_FREE ext_free;
-X509V3_EXT_D2I d2i;
-X509V3_EXT_I2D i2d;
-X509V3_EXT_I2S i2s;
-X509V3_EXT_S2I s2i;
-X509V3_EXT_I2V i2v;
-X509V3_EXT_V2I v2i;
-X509V3_EXT_R2I r2i;
-X509V3_EXT_I2R i2r;
-
-void *usr_data;
-};
-
-The elements have the following meanings.
-
-ext_nid is the NID of the object identifier of the extension.
-
-ext_flags is set of flags. Currently the only external flag is
- X509V3_EXT_MULTILINE which means a multi valued extensions
- should be printed on separate lines.
-
-usr_data is an extension specific pointer to any relevant data. This
- allows extensions to share identical code but have different
- uses. An example of this is the bit string extension which uses
- usr_data to contain a list of the bit names.
-
-All the remaining elements are function pointers.
-
-ext_new is a pointer to a function that allocates memory for the
- extension ASN1 structure: for example ASN1_OBJECT_new().
-
-ext_free is a pointer to a function that free up memory of the extension
- ASN1 structure: for example ASN1_OBJECT_free().
-
-d2i is the standard ASN1 function that converts a DER buffer into
- the internal ASN1 structure: for example d2i_ASN1_IA5STRING().
-
-i2d is the standard ASN1 function that converts the internal
- structure into the DER representation: for example
- i2d_ASN1_IA5STRING().
-
-The remaining functions are depend on the type of extension. One i2X and
-one X2i should be set and the rest set to NULL. The types set do not need
-to match up, for example the extension could be set using the multi valued
-v2i function and printed out using the raw i2r.
-
-All functions have the X509V3_EXT_METHOD passed to them in the 'method'
-parameter and an X509V3_CTX structure. Extension code can then access the
-parent structure via the 'method' parameter to for example make use of the value
-of usr_data. If the code needs to use detail relating to the request it can
-use the 'ctx' parameter.
-
-A note should be given here about the 'flags' member of the 'ctx' parameter.
-If it has the value CTX_TEST then the configuration syntax is being checked
-and no actual certificate or CRL exists. Therefore any attempt in the config
-file to access such information should silently succeed. If the syntax is OK
-then it should simply return a (possibly bogus) extension, otherwise it
-should return NULL.
-
-char *i2s(struct v3_ext_method *method, void *ext);
-
-This function takes the internal structure in the ext parameter and returns
-a Malloc'ed string representing its value.
-
-void * s2i(struct v3_ext_method *method, struct v3_ext_ctx *ctx, char *str);
-
-This function takes the string representation in the ext parameter and returns
-an allocated internal structure: ext_free() will be used on this internal
-structure after use.
-
-i2v and v2i handle a STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE):
-
-typedef struct
-{
- char *section;
- char *name;
- char *value;
-} CONF_VALUE;
-
-Only the name and value members are currently used.
-
-STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) * i2v(struct v3_ext_method *method, void *ext);
-
-This function is passed the internal structure in the ext parameter and
-returns a STACK of CONF_VALUE structures. The values of name, value,
-section and the structure itself will be freed up with Free after use.
-Several helper functions are available to add values to this STACK.
-
-void * v2i(struct v3_ext_method *method, struct v3_ext_ctx *ctx,
- STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *values);
-
-This function takes a STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) structures and should set the
-values of the external structure. This typically uses the name element to
-determine which structure element to set and the value element to determine
-what to set it to. Several helper functions are available for this
-purpose (see above).
-
-int i2r(struct v3_ext_method *method, void *ext, BIO *out, int indent);
-
-This function is passed the internal extension structure in the ext parameter
-and sends out a human readable version of the extension to out. The 'indent'
-parameter should be noted to determine the necessary amount of indentation
-needed on the output.
-
-void * r2i(struct v3_ext_method *method, struct v3_ext_ctx *ctx, char *str);
-
-This is just passed the string representation of the extension. It is intended
-to be used for more elaborate extensions where the standard single and multi
-valued options are insufficient. They can use the 'ctx' parameter to parse the
-configuration database themselves. See the context functions section for details
-of how to do this.
-
-Note: although this type takes the same parameters as the "r2s" function there
-is a subtle difference. Whereas an "r2i" function can access a configuration
-database an "s2i" function MUST NOT. This is so the internal code can safely
-assume that an "s2i" function will work without a configuration database.
-
-==============================================================================
- PKCS#12 Library
-==============================================================================
-
-This section describes the internal PKCS#12 support. There are very few
-differences between the old external library and the new internal code at
-present. This may well change because the external library will not be updated
-much in future.
-
-This version now includes a couple of high level PKCS#12 functions which
-generally "do the right thing" and should make it much easier to handle PKCS#12
-structures.
-
-HIGH LEVEL FUNCTIONS.
-
-For most applications you only need concern yourself with the high level
-functions. They can parse and generate simple PKCS#12 files as produced by
-Netscape and MSIE or indeed any compliant PKCS#12 file containing a single
-private key and certificate pair.
-
-1. Initialisation and cleanup.
-
-No special initialisation is needed for the internal PKCS#12 library: the
-standard SSLeay_add_all_algorithms() is sufficient. If you do not wish to
-add all algorithms (you should at least add SHA1 though) then you can manually
-initialise the PKCS#12 library with:
-
-PKCS12_PBE_add();
-
-The memory allocated by the PKCS#12 library is freed up when EVP_cleanup() is
-called or it can be directly freed with:
-
-EVP_PBE_cleanup();
-
-after this call (or EVP_cleanup() ) no more PKCS#12 library functions should
-be called.
-
-2. I/O functions.
-
-i2d_PKCS12_bio(bp, p12)
-
-This writes out a PKCS12 structure to a BIO.
-
-i2d_PKCS12_fp(fp, p12)
-
-This is the same but for a FILE pointer.
-
-d2i_PKCS12_bio(bp, p12)
-
-This reads in a PKCS12 structure from a BIO.
-
-d2i_PKCS12_fp(fp, p12)
-
-This is the same but for a FILE pointer.
-
-3. High level functions.
-
-3.1 Parsing with PKCS12_parse().
-
-int PKCS12_parse(PKCS12 *p12, char *pass, EVP_PKEY **pkey, X509 **cert,
- STACK **ca);
-
-This function takes a PKCS12 structure and a password (ASCII, null terminated)
-and returns the private key, the corresponding certificate and any CA
-certificates. If any of these is not required it can be passed as a NULL.
-The 'ca' parameter should be either NULL, a pointer to NULL or a valid STACK
-structure. Typically to read in a PKCS#12 file you might do:
-
-p12 = d2i_PKCS12_fp(fp, NULL);
-PKCS12_parse(p12, password, &pkey, &cert, NULL); /* CAs not wanted */
-PKCS12_free(p12);
-
-3.2 PKCS#12 creation with PKCS12_create().
-
-PKCS12 *PKCS12_create(char *pass, char *name, EVP_PKEY *pkey, X509 *cert,
- STACK *ca, int nid_key, int nid_cert, int iter,
- int mac_iter, int keytype);
-
-This function will create a PKCS12 structure from a given password, name,
-private key, certificate and optional STACK of CA certificates. The remaining
-5 parameters can be set to 0 and sensible defaults will be used.
-
-The parameters nid_key and nid_cert are the key and certificate encryption
-algorithms, iter is the encryption iteration count, mac_iter is the MAC
-iteration count and keytype is the type of private key. If you really want
-to know what these last 5 parameters do then read the low level section.
-
-Typically to create a PKCS#12 file the following could be used:
-
-p12 = PKCS12_create(pass, "My Certificate", pkey, cert, NULL, 0,0,0,0,0);
-i2d_PKCS12_fp(fp, p12);
-PKCS12_free(p12);
-
-3.3 Changing a PKCS#12 structure password.
-
-int PKCS12_newpass(PKCS12 *p12, char *oldpass, char *newpass);
-
-This changes the password of an already existing PKCS#12 structure. oldpass
-is the old password and newpass is the new one. An error occurs if the old
-password is incorrect.
-
-LOW LEVEL FUNCTIONS.
-
-In some cases the high level functions do not provide the necessary
-functionality. For example if you want to generate or parse more complex
-PKCS#12 files. The sample pkcs12 application uses the low level functions
-to display details about the internal structure of a PKCS#12 file.
-
-Introduction.
-
-This is a brief description of how a PKCS#12 file is represented internally:
-some knowledge of PKCS#12 is assumed.
-
-A PKCS#12 object contains several levels.
-
-At the lowest level is a PKCS12_SAFEBAG. This can contain a certificate, a
-CRL, a private key, encrypted or unencrypted, a set of safebags (so the
-structure can be nested) or other secrets (not documented at present).
-A safebag can optionally have attributes, currently these are: a unicode
-friendlyName (a Unicode string) or a localKeyID (a string of bytes).
-
-At the next level is an authSafe which is a set of safebags collected into
-a PKCS#7 ContentInfo. This can be just plain data, or encrypted itself.
-
-At the top level is the PKCS12 structure itself which contains a set of
-authSafes in an embedded PKCS#7 Contentinfo of type data. In addition it
-contains a MAC which is a kind of password protected digest to preserve
-integrity (so any unencrypted stuff below can't be tampered with).
-
-The reason for these levels is so various objects can be encrypted in various
-ways. For example you might want to encrypt a set of private keys with
-triple-DES and then include the related certificates either unencrypted or
-with lower encryption. Yes it's the dreaded crypto laws at work again which
-allow strong encryption on private keys and only weak encryption on other
-stuff.
-
-To build one of these things you turn all certificates and keys into safebags
-(with optional attributes). You collect the safebags into (one or more) STACKS
-and convert these into authsafes (encrypted or unencrypted). The authsafes
-are collected into a STACK and added to a PKCS12 structure. Finally a MAC
-inserted.
-
-Pulling one apart is basically the reverse process. The MAC is verified against
-the given password. The authsafes are extracted and each authsafe split into
-a set of safebags (possibly involving decryption). Finally the safebags are
-decomposed into the original keys and certificates and the attributes used to
-match up private key and certificate pairs.
-
-Anyway here are the functions that do the dirty work.
-
-1. Construction functions.
-
-1.1 Safebag functions.
-
-M_PKCS12_x5092certbag(x509)
-
-This macro takes an X509 structure and returns a certificate bag. The
-X509 structure can be freed up after calling this function.
-
-M_PKCS12_x509crl2certbag(crl)
-
-As above but for a CRL.
-
-PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *PKEY2PKCS8(EVP_PKEY *pkey)
-
-Take a private key and convert it into a PKCS#8 PrivateKeyInfo structure.
-Works for both RSA and DSA private keys. NB since the PKCS#8 PrivateKeyInfo
-structure contains a private key data in plain text form it should be free'd
-up as soon as it has been encrypted for security reasons (freeing up the
-structure zeros out the sensitive data). This can be done with
-PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_free().
-
-PKCS8_add_keyusage(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8, int usage)
-
-This sets the key type when a key is imported into MSIE or Outlook 98. Two
-values are currently supported: KEY_EX and KEY_SIG. KEY_EX is an exchange type
-key that can also be used for signing but its size is limited in the export
-versions of MS software to 512 bits, it is also the default. KEY_SIG is a
-signing only key but the keysize is unlimited (well 16K is supposed to work).
-If you are using the domestic version of MSIE then you can ignore this because
-KEY_EX is not limited and can be used for both.
-
-PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_MAKE_KEYBAG(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8)
-
-Convert a PKCS8 private key structure into a keybag. This routine embeds the
-p8 structure in the keybag so p8 should not be freed up or used after it is
-called. The p8 structure will be freed up when the safebag is freed.
-
-PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_MAKE_SHKEYBAG(int pbe_nid, unsigned char *pass, int passlen, unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter, PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8)
-
-Convert a PKCS#8 structure into a shrouded key bag (encrypted). p8 is not
-embedded and can be freed up after use.
-
-int PKCS12_add_localkeyid(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, unsigned char *name, int namelen)
-int PKCS12_add_friendlyname(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, unsigned char *name, int namelen)
-
-Add a local key id or a friendlyname to a safebag.
-
-1.2 Authsafe functions.
-
-PKCS7 *PKCS12_pack_p7data(STACK *sk)
-Take a stack of safebags and convert them into an unencrypted authsafe. The
-stack of safebags can be freed up after calling this function.
-
-PKCS7 *PKCS12_pack_p7encdata(int pbe_nid, unsigned char *pass, int passlen, unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter, STACK *bags);
-
-As above but encrypted.
-
-1.3 PKCS12 functions.
-
-PKCS12 *PKCS12_init(int mode)
-
-Initialise a PKCS12 structure (currently mode should be NID_pkcs7_data).
-
-M_PKCS12_pack_authsafes(p12, safes)
-
-This macro takes a STACK of authsafes and adds them to a PKCS#12 structure.
-
-int PKCS12_set_mac(PKCS12 *p12, unsigned char *pass, int passlen, unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter, EVP_MD *md_type);
-
-Add a MAC to a PKCS12 structure. If EVP_MD is NULL use SHA-1, the spec suggests
-that SHA-1 should be used.
-
-2. Extraction Functions.
-
-2.1 Safebags.
-
-M_PKCS12_bag_type(bag)
-
-Return the type of "bag". Returns one of the following
-
-NID_keyBag
-NID_pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag 7
-NID_certBag 8
-NID_crlBag 9
-NID_secretBag 10
-NID_safeContentsBag 11
-
-M_PKCS12_cert_bag_type(bag)
-
-Returns type of certificate bag, following are understood.
-
-NID_x509Certificate 14
-NID_sdsiCertificate 15
-
-M_PKCS12_crl_bag_type(bag)
-
-Returns crl bag type, currently only NID_crlBag is recognised.
-
-M_PKCS12_certbag2x509(bag)
-
-This macro extracts an X509 certificate from a certificate bag.
-
-M_PKCS12_certbag2x509crl(bag)
-
-As above but for a CRL.
-
-EVP_PKEY * PKCS82PKEY(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8)
-
-Extract a private key from a PKCS8 private key info structure.
-
-M_PKCS12_decrypt_skey(bag, pass, passlen)
-
-Decrypt a shrouded key bag and return a PKCS8 private key info structure.
-Works with both RSA and DSA keys
-
-char *PKCS12_get_friendlyname(bag)
-
-Returns the friendlyName of a bag if present or NULL if none. The returned
-string is a null terminated ASCII string allocated with Malloc(). It should
-thus be freed up with Free() after use.
-
-2.2 AuthSafe functions.
-
-M_PKCS12_unpack_p7data(p7)
-
-Extract a STACK of safe bags from a PKCS#7 data ContentInfo.
-
-#define M_PKCS12_unpack_p7encdata(p7, pass, passlen)
-
-As above but for an encrypted content info.
-
-2.3 PKCS12 functions.
-
-M_PKCS12_unpack_authsafes(p12)
-
-Extract a STACK of authsafes from a PKCS12 structure.
-
-M_PKCS12_mac_present(p12)
-
-Check to see if a MAC is present.
-
-int PKCS12_verify_mac(PKCS12 *p12, unsigned char *pass, int passlen)
-
-Verify a MAC on a PKCS12 structure. Returns an error if MAC not present.
-
-
-Notes.
-
-1. All the function return 0 or NULL on error.
-2. Encryption based functions take a common set of parameters. These are
-described below.
-
-pass, passlen
-ASCII password and length. The password on the MAC is called the "integrity
-password" the encryption password is called the "privacy password" in the
-PKCS#12 documentation. The passwords do not have to be the same. If -1 is
-passed for the length it is worked out by the function itself (currently
-this is sometimes done whatever is passed as the length but that may change).
-
-salt, saltlen
-A 'salt' if salt is NULL a random salt is used. If saltlen is also zero a
-default length is used.
-
-iter
-Iteration count. This is a measure of how many times an internal function is
-called to encrypt the data. The larger this value is the longer it takes, it
-makes dictionary attacks on passwords harder. NOTE: Some implementations do
-not support an iteration count on the MAC. If the password for the MAC and
-encryption is the same then there is no point in having a high iteration
-count for encryption if the MAC has no count. The MAC could be attacked
-and the password used for the main decryption.
-
-pbe_nid
-This is the NID of the password based encryption method used. The following are
-supported.
-NID_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4
-NID_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4
-NID_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC
-NID_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC
-NID_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC
-NID_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC
-
-Which you use depends on the implementation you are exporting to. "Export
-grade" (i.e. cryptographically challenged) products cannot support all
-algorithms. Typically you may be able to use any encryption on shrouded key
-bags but they must then be placed in an unencrypted authsafe. Other authsafes
-may only support 40bit encryption. Of course if you are using SSLeay
-throughout you can strongly encrypt everything and have high iteration counts
-on everything.
-
-3. For decryption routines only the password and length are needed.
-
-4. Unlike the external version the nid's of objects are the values of the
-constants: that is NID_certBag is the real nid, therefore there is no
-PKCS12_obj_offset() function. Note the object constants are not the same as
-those of the external version. If you use these constants then you will need
-to recompile your code.
-
-5. With the exception of PKCS12_MAKE_KEYBAG(), after calling any function or
-macro of the form PKCS12_MAKE_SOMETHING(other) the "other" structure can be
-reused or freed up safely.
-
diff --git a/doc/ssleay.txt b/doc/ssleay.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 29ea0ee..0000000
--- a/doc/ssleay.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7030 +0,0 @@
-
-Bundle of old SSLeay documentation files [OBSOLETE!]
-
-*** WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! ***
-
-OBSOLETE means that nothing in this document should be trusted. This
-document is provided mostly for historical purposes (it wasn't even up
-to date at the time SSLeay 0.8.1 was released) and as inspiration. If
-you copy some snippet of code from this document, please _check_ that
-it really is correct from all points of view. For example, you can
-check with the other documents in this directory tree, or by comparing
-with relevant parts of the include files.
-
-People have done the mistake of trusting what's written here. Please
-don't do that.
-
-*** WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! ***
-
-
-==== readme ========================================================
-
-This is the old 0.6.6 docuementation. Most of the cipher stuff is still
-relevent but I'm working (very slowly) on new documentation.
-The current version can be found online at
-
-http://www.cryptsoft.com/ssleay/doc
-
-==== API.doc ========================================================
-
-SSL - SSLv2/v3/v23 etc.
-
-BIO - methods and how they plug together
-
-MEM - memory allocation callback
-
-CRYPTO - locking for threads
-
-EVP - Ciphers/Digests/signatures
-
-RSA - methods
-
-X509 - certificate retrieval
-
-X509 - validation
-
-X509 - X509v3 extensions
-
-Objects - adding object identifiers
-
-ASN.1 - parsing
-
-PEM - parsing
-
-==== ssl/readme =====================================================
-
-22 Jun 1996
-This file belongs in ../apps, but I'll leave it here because it deals
-with SSL :-) It is rather dated but it gives you an idea of how
-things work.
-===
-
-17 Jul 1995
-I have been changing things quite a bit and have not fully updated
-this file, so take what you read with a grain of salt
-eric
-===
-The s_client and s_server programs can be used to test SSL capable
-IP/port addresses and the verification of the X509 certificates in use
-by these services. I strongly advise having a look at the code to get
-an idea of how to use the authentication under SSLeay. Any feedback
-on changes and improvements would be greatly accepted.
-
-This file will probably be gibberish unless you have read
-rfc1421, rfc1422, rfc1423 and rfc1424 which describe PEM
-authentication.
-
-A Brief outline (and examples) how to use them to do so.
-
-NOTE:
-The environment variable SSL_CIPER is used to specify the prefered
-cipher to use, play around with setting it's value to combinations of
-RC4-MD5, EXP-RC4-MD5, CBC-DES-MD5, CBC3-DES-MD5, CFB-DES-NULL
-in a : separated list.
-
-This directory contains 3 X509 certificates which can be used by these programs.
-client.pem: a file containing a certificate and private key to be used
- by s_client.
-server.pem :a file containing a certificate and private key to be used
- by s_server.
-eay1024.pem:the certificate used to sign client.pem and server.pem.
- This would be your CA's certificate. There is also a link
- from the file a8556381.0 to eay1024.PEM. The value a8556381
- is returned by 'x509 -hash -noout <eay1024.pem' and is the
- value used by X509 verification routines to 'find' this
- certificte when search a directory for it.
- [the above is not true any more, the CA cert is
- ../certs/testca.pem which is signed by ../certs/mincomca.pem]
-
-When testing the s_server, you may get
-bind: Address already in use
-errors. These indicate the port is still being held by the unix
-kernel and you are going to have to wait for it to let go of it. If
-this is the case, remember to use the port commands on the s_server and
-s_client to talk on an alternative port.
-
-=====
-s_client.
-This program can be used to connect to any IP/hostname:port that is
-talking SSL. Once connected, it will attempt to authenticate the
-certificate it was passed and if everything works as expected, a 2
-directional channel will be open. Any text typed will be sent to the
-other end. type Q<cr> to exit. Flags are as follows.
--host arg : Arg is the host or IP address to connect to.
--port arg : Arg is the port to connect to (https is 443).
--verify arg : Turn on authentication of the server certificate.
- : Arg specifies the 'depth', this will covered below.
--cert arg : The optional certificate to use. This certificate
- : will be returned to the server if the server
- : requests it for client authentication.
--key arg : The private key that matches the certificate
- : specified by the -cert option. If this is not
- : specified (but -cert is), the -cert file will be
- : searched for the Private key. Both files are
- : assumed to be in PEM format.
--CApath arg : When to look for certificates when 'verifying' the
- : certificate from the server.
--CAfile arg : A file containing certificates to be used for
- : 'verifying' the server certificate.
--reconnect : Once a connection has been made, drop it and
- : reconnect with same session-id. This is for testing :-).
-
-The '-verify n' parameter specifies not only to verify the servers
-certificate but to also only take notice of 'n' levels. The best way
-to explain is to show via examples.
-Given
-s_server -cert server.PEM is running.
-
-s_client
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server
- issuer= /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify error:num=1:unable to get issuer certificate
- verify return:1
- CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5
-What has happened is that the 'SSLeay demo server' certificate's
-issuer ('CA') could not be found but because verify is not on, we
-don't care and the connection has been made anyway. It is now 'up'
-using CBC-DES-MD5 mode. This is an unauthenticate secure channel.
-You may not be talking to the right person but the data going to them
-is encrypted.
-
-s_client -verify 0
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server
- issuer= /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify error:num=1:unable to get issuer certificate
- verify return:1
- CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5
-We are 'verifying' but only to depth 0, so since the 'SSLeay demo server'
-certificate passed the date and checksum, we are happy to proceed.
-
-s_client -verify 1
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server
- issuer= /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify error:num=1:unable to get issuer certificate
- verify return:0
- ERROR
- verify error:unable to get issuer certificate
-In this case we failed to make the connection because we could not
-authenticate the certificate because we could not find the
-'CA' certificate.
-
-s_client -verify 1 -CAfile eay1024.PEM
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server
- verify return:1
- depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify return:1
- CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5
-We loaded the certificates from the file eay1024.PEM. Everything
-checked out and so we made the connection.
-
-s_client -verify 1 -CApath .
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server
- verify return:1
- depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify return:1
- CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5
-We looked in out local directory for issuer certificates and 'found'
-a8556381.0 and so everything is ok.
-
-It is worth noting that 'CA' is a self certified certificate. If you
-are passed one of these, it will fail to 'verify' at depth 0 because
-we need to lookup the certifier of a certificate from some information
-that we trust and keep locally.
-
-SSL_CIPHER=CBC3-DES-MD5:RC4-MD5
-export SSL_CIPHER
-s_client -verify 10 -CApath . -reconnect
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server
- verify return:1
- depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify return:1
- drop the connection and reconnect with the same session id
- CIPHER is CBC3-DES-MD5
-This has done a full connection and then re-estabished it with the
-same session id but a new socket. No RSA stuff occures on the second
-connection. Note that we said we would prefer to use CBC3-DES-MD5
-encryption and so, since the server supports it, we are.
-
-=====
-s_server
-This program accepts SSL connections on a specified port
-Once connected, it will estabish an SSL connection and optionaly
-attempt to authenticate the client. A 2 directional channel will be
-open. Any text typed will be sent to the other end. Type Q<cr> to exit.
-Flags are as follows.
--port arg : Arg is the port to listen on.
--verify arg : Turn on authentication of the client if they have a
- : certificate. Arg specifies the 'depth'.
--Verify arg : Turn on authentication of the client. If they don't
- : have a valid certificate, drop the connection.
--cert arg : The certificate to use. This certificate
- : will be passed to the client. If it is not
- : specified, it will default to server.PEM
--key arg : The private key that matches the certificate
- : specified by the -cert option. If this is not
- : specified (but -cert is), the -cert file will be
- : searched for the Private key. Both files are
- : assumed to be in PEM format. Default is server.PEM
--CApath arg : When to look for certificates when 'verifying' the
- : certificate from the client.
--CAfile arg : A file containing certificates to be used for
- : 'verifying' the client certificate.
-
-For the following 'demo' I will specify the s_server command and
-the s_client command and then list the output from the s_server.
-s_server
-s_client
- CONNECTED
- CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5
-Everything up and running
-
-s_server -verify 0
-s_client
- CONNECTED
- CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5
-Ok since no certificate was returned and we don't care.
-
-s_server -verify 0
-./s_client -cert client.PEM
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo client
- issuer= /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify error:num=1:unable to get issuer certificate
- verify return:1
- CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5
-Ok since we were only verifying to level 0
-
-s_server -verify 4
-s_client -cert client.PEM
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo client
- issuer= /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify error:num=1:unable to get issuer certificate
- verify return:0
- ERROR
- verify error:unable to get issuer certificate
-Bad because we could not authenticate the returned certificate.
-
-s_server -verify 4 -CApath .
-s_client -cert client.PEM
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo client
- verify return:1
- depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify return:1
- CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5
-Ok because we could authenticate the returned certificate :-).
-
-s_server -Verify 0 -CApath .
-s_client
- CONNECTED
- ERROR
- SSL error:function is:REQUEST_CERTIFICATE
- :error is :client end did not return a certificate
-Error because no certificate returned.
-
-s_server -Verify 4 -CApath .
-s_client -cert client.PEM
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo client
- verify return:1
- depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify return:1
- CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5
-Full authentication of the client.
-
-So in summary to do full authentication of both ends
-s_server -Verify 9 -CApath .
-s_client -cert client.PEM -CApath . -verify 9
-From the server side
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo client
- verify return:1
- depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify return:1
- CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5
-From the client side
- CONNECTED
- depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server
- verify return:1
- depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA
- verify return:1
- CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5
-
-For general probing of the 'internet https' servers for the
-distribution area, run
-s_client -host www.netscape.com -port 443 -verify 4 -CApath ../rsa/hash
-Then enter
-GET /
-and you should be talking to the https server on that host.
-
-www.rsa.com was refusing to respond to connections on 443 when I was
-testing.
-
-have fun :-).
-
-eric
-
-==== a_verify.doc ========================================================
-
-From eay at mincom.com Fri Oct 4 18:29:06 1996
-Received: by orb.mincom.oz.au id AA29080
- (5.65c/IDA-1.4.4 for eay); Fri, 4 Oct 1996 08:29:07 +1000
-Date: Fri, 4 Oct 1996 08:29:06 +1000 (EST)
-From: Eric Young <eay at mincom.oz.au>
-X-Sender: eay at orb
-To: wplatzer <wplatzer at iaik.tu-graz.ac.at>
-Cc: Eric Young <eay at mincom.oz.au>, SSL Mailing List <ssl-users at mincom.com>
-Subject: Re: Netscape's Public Key
-In-Reply-To: <19961003134837.NTM0049 at iaik.tu-graz.ac.at>
-Message-Id: <Pine.SOL.3.91.961004081346.8018K-100000 at orb>
-Mime-Version: 1.0
-Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII
-Status: RO
-X-Status:
-
-On Thu, 3 Oct 1996, wplatzer wrote:
-> I get Public Key from Netscape (Gold 3.0b4), but cannot do anything
-> with it... It looks like (asn1parse):
->
-> 0:d=0 hl=3 l=180 cons: SEQUENCE
-> 3:d=1 hl=2 l= 96 cons: SEQUENCE
-> 5:d=2 hl=2 l= 92 cons: SEQUENCE
-> 7:d=3 hl=2 l= 13 cons: SEQUENCE
-> 9:d=4 hl=2 l= 9 prim: OBJECT :rsaEncryption
-> 20:d=4 hl=2 l= 0 prim: NULL
-> 22:d=3 hl=2 l= 75 prim: BIT STRING
-> 99:d=2 hl=2 l= 0 prim: IA5STRING :
-> 101:d=1 hl=2 l= 13 cons: SEQUENCE
-> 103:d=2 hl=2 l= 9 prim: OBJECT :md5withRSAEncryption
-> 114:d=2 hl=2 l= 0 prim: NULL
-> 116:d=1 hl=2 l= 65 prim: BIT STRING
->
-> The first BIT STRING is the public key and the second BIT STRING is
-> the signature.
-> But a public key consists of the public exponent and the modulus. Are
-> both numbers in the first BIT STRING?
-> Is there a document simply describing this coding stuff (checking
-> signature, get the public key, etc.)?
-
-Minimal in SSLeay. If you want to see what the modulus and exponent are,
-try asn1parse -offset 25 -length 75 <key.pem
-asn1parse will currently stuff up on the 'length 75' part (fixed in next
-release) but it will print the stuff. If you are after more
-documentation on ASN.1, have a look at www.rsa.com and get their PKCS
-documents, most of my initial work on SSLeay was done using them.
-
-As for SSLeay,
-util/crypto.num and util/ssl.num are lists of all exported functions in
-the library (but not macros :-(.
-
-The ones for extracting public keys from certificates and certificate
-requests are EVP_PKEY * X509_REQ_extract_key(X509_REQ *req);
-EVP_PKEY * X509_extract_key(X509 *x509);
-
-To verify a signature on a signed ASN.1 object
-int X509_verify(X509 *a,EVP_PKEY *key);
-int X509_REQ_verify(X509_REQ *a,EVP_PKEY *key);
-int X509_CRL_verify(X509_CRL *a,EVP_PKEY *key);
-int NETSCAPE_SPKI_verify(NETSCAPE_SPKI *a,EVP_PKEY *key);
-
-I should mention that EVP_PKEY can be used to hold a public or a private key,
-since for things like RSA and DSS, a public key is just a subset of what
-is stored for the private key.
-
-To sign any of the above structures
-
-int X509_sign(X509 *a,EVP_PKEY *key,EVP_MD *md);
-int X509_REQ_sign(X509_REQ *a,EVP_PKEY *key,EVP_MD *md);
-int X509_CRL_sign(X509_CRL *a,EVP_PKEY *key,EVP_MD *md);
-int NETSCAPE_SPKI_sign(NETSCAPE_SPKI *a,EVP_PKEY *key,EVP_MD *md);
-
-where md is the message digest to sign with.
-
-There are all defined in x509.h and all the _sign and _verify functions are
-actually macros to the ASN1_sign() and ASN1_verify() functions.
-These functions will put the correct algorithm identifiers in the correct
-places in the structures.
-
-eric
---
-Eric Young | BOOL is tri-state according to Bill Gates.
-AARNet: eay at mincom.oz.au | RTFM Win32 GetMessage().
-
-==== x509 =======================================================
-
-X509_verify()
-X509_sign()
-
-X509_get_version()
-X509_get_serialNumber()
-X509_get_issuer()
-X509_get_subject()
-X509_get_notBefore()
-X509_get_notAfter()
-X509_get_pubkey()
-
-X509_set_version()
-X509_set_serialNumber()
-X509_set_issuer()
-X509_set_subject()
-X509_set_notBefore()
-X509_set_notAfter()
-X509_set_pubkey()
-
-X509_get_extensions()
-X509_set_extensions()
-
-X509_EXTENSIONS_clear()
-X509_EXTENSIONS_retrieve()
-X509_EXTENSIONS_add()
-X509_EXTENSIONS_delete()
-
-==== x509 attribute ================================================
-
-PKCS7
- STACK of X509_ATTRIBUTES
- ASN1_OBJECT
- STACK of ASN1_TYPE
-
-So it is
-
-p7.xa[].obj
-p7.xa[].data[]
-
-get_obj_by_nid(STACK , nid)
-get_num_by_nid(STACK , nid)
-get_data_by_nid(STACK , nid, index)
-
-X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_new(void );
-void X509_ATTRIBUTE_free(X509_ATTRIBUTE *a);
-
-X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create_by_NID(X509_ATTRIBUTE **ex,
- int nid, STACK *value);
-
-X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create_by_OBJ(X509_ATTRIBUTE **ex,
- int nid, STACK *value);
-
-int X509_ATTRIBUTE_set_object(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ex,ASN1_OBJECT *obj);
-int X509_ATTRIBUTE_add_data(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ex, int index,
- ASN1_TYPE *value);
-
-ASN1_OBJECT * X509_ATTRIBUTE_get_object(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ex);
-int X509_ATTRIBUTE_get_num(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ne);
-ASN1_TYPE * X509_ATTRIBUTE_get_data(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ne,int index);
-
-ASN1_TYPE * X509_ATTRIBUTE_get_data_by_NID(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ne,
- ASN1_OBJECT *obj);
-
-X509_ATTRIBUTE *PKCS7_get_s_att_by_NID(PKCS7 *p7,int nid);
-X509_ATTRIBUTE *PKCS7_get_u_att_by_NID(PKCS7 *p7,int nid);
-
-==== x509 v3 ========================================================
-
-The 'new' system.
-
-The X509_EXTENSION_METHOD includes extensions and attributes and/or names.
-Basically everthing that can be added to an X509 with an OID identifying it.
-
-It operates via 2 methods per object id.
-int a2i_XXX(X509 *x,char *str,int len);
-int i2a_XXX(BIO *bp,X509 *x);
-
-The a2i_XXX function will add the object with a value converted from the
-string into the X509. Len can be -1 in which case the length is calculated
-via strlen(str). Applications can always use direct knowledge to load and
-unload the relevent objects themselves.
-
-i2a_XXX will print to the passed BIO, a text representation of the
-relevet object. Use a memory BIO if you want it printed to a buffer :-).
-
-X509_add_by_NID(X509 *x,int nid,char *str,int len);
-X509_add_by_OBJ(X509 *x,ASN1_OBJECT *obj,char *str,int len);
-
-X509_print_by_name(BIO *bp,X509 *x);
-X509_print_by_NID(BIO *bp,X509 *x);
-X509_print_by_OBJ(BIO *bp,X509 *x);
-
-==== verify ========================================================
-
-X509_verify_cert_chain(
- CERT_STORE *cert_store,
- STACK /* X509 */ *certs,
- int *verify_result,
- int (*verify_error_callback)()
- char *argument_to_callback, /* SSL */
-
-app_verify_callback(
- char *app_verify_arg, /* from SSL_CTX */
- STACK /* X509 */ *certs,
- int *verify_result,
- int (*verify_error_callback)()
- SSL *s,
-
-int X509_verify_cert(
- CERT_STORE *cert_store,
- X509 *x509,
- int *verify_result,
- int (*verify_error_callback)(),
- char *arg,
-
-==== apps.doc ========================================================
-
-The applications
-
-Ok, where to begin....
-In the beginning, when SSLeay was small (April 1995), there
-were but few applications, they did happily cohabit in
-the one bin directory. Then over time, they did multiply and grow,
-and they started to look like microsoft software; 500k to print 'hello world'.
-A new approach was needed. They were coalessed into one 'Monolithic'
-application, ssleay. This one program is composed of many programs that
-can all be compiled independently.
-
-ssleay has 3 modes of operation.
-1) If the ssleay binary has the name of one of its component programs, it
-executes that program and then exits. This can be achieved by using hard or
-symbolic links, or failing that, just renaming the binary.
-2) If the first argument to ssleay is the name of one of the component
-programs, that program runs that program and then exits.
-3) If there are no arguments, ssleay enters a 'command' mode. Each line is
-interpreted as a program name plus arguments. After each 'program' is run,
-ssleay returns to the comand line.
-
-dgst - message digests
-enc - encryption and base64 encoding
-
-ans1parse - 'pulls' appart ASN.1 encoded objects like certificates.
-
-dh - Diffle-Hellman parameter manipulation.
-rsa - RSA manipulations.
-crl - Certificate revokion list manipulations
-x509 - X509 cert fiddles, including signing.
-pkcs7 - pkcs7 manipulation, only DER versions right now.
-
-genrsa - generate an RSA private key.
-gendh - Generate a set of Diffle-Hellman parameters.
-req - Generate a PKCS#10 object, a certificate request.
-
-s_client - SSL client program
-s_server - SSL server program
-s_time - A SSL protocol timing program
-s_mult - Another SSL server, but it multiplexes
- connections.
-s_filter - under development
-
-errstr - Convert SSLeay error numbers to strings.
-ca - Sign certificate requests, and generate
- certificate revokion lists
-crl2pkcs7 - put a crl and certifcates into a pkcs7 object.
-speed - Benchmark the ciphers.
-verify - Check certificates
-hashdir - under development
-
-[ there a now a few more options, play with the program to see what they
- are ]
-
-==== asn1.doc ========================================================
-
-The ASN.1 Routines.
-
-ASN.1 is a specification for how to encode structured 'data' in binary form.
-The approach I have take to the manipulation of structures and their encoding
-into ASN.1 is as follows.
-
-For each distinct structure there are 4 function of the following form
-TYPE *TYPE_new(void);
-void TYPE_free(TYPE *);
-TYPE *d2i_TYPE(TYPE **a,unsigned char **pp,long length);
-long i2d_TYPE(TYPE *a,unsigned char **pp); /* CHECK RETURN VALUE */
-
-where TYPE is the type of the 'object'. The TYPE that have these functions
-can be in one of 2 forms, either the internal C malloc()ed data structure
-or in the DER (a variant of ASN.1 encoding) binary encoding which is just
-an array of unsigned bytes. The 'i2d' functions converts from the internal
-form to the DER form and the 'd2i' functions convert from the DER form to
-the internal form.
-
-The 'new' function returns a malloc()ed version of the structure with all
-substructures either created or left as NULL pointers. For 'optional'
-fields, they are normally left as NULL to indicate no value. For variable
-size sub structures (often 'SET OF' or 'SEQUENCE OF' in ASN.1 syntax) the
-STACK data type is used to hold the values. Have a read of stack.doc
-and have a look at the relevant header files to see what I mean. If there
-is an error while malloc()ing the structure, NULL is returned.
-
-The 'free' function will free() all the sub components of a particular
-structure. If any of those sub components have been 'removed', replace
-them with NULL pointers, the 'free' functions are tolerant of NULL fields.
-
-The 'd2i' function copies a binary representation into a C structure. It
-operates as follows. 'a' is a pointer to a pointer to
-the structure to populate, 'pp' is a pointer to a pointer to where the DER
-byte string is located and 'length' is the length of the '*pp' data.
-If there are no errors, a pointer to the populated structure is returned.
-If there is an error, NULL is returned. Errors can occur because of
-malloc() failures but normally they will be due to syntax errors in the DER
-encoded data being parsed. It is also an error if there was an
-attempt to read more that 'length' bytes from '*p'. If
-everything works correctly, the value in '*p' is updated
-to point at the location just beyond where the DER
-structure was read from. In this way, chained calls to 'd2i' type
-functions can be made, with the pointer into the 'data' array being
-'walked' along the input byte array.
-Depending on the value passed for 'a', different things will be done. If
-'a' is NULL, a new structure will be malloc()ed and returned. If '*a' is
-NULL, a new structure will be malloc()ed and put into '*a' and returned.
-If '*a' is not NULL, the structure in '*a' will be populated, or in the
-case of an error, free()ed and then returned.
-Having these semantics means that a structure
-can call a 'd2i' function to populate a field and if the field is currently
-NULL, the structure will be created.
-
-The 'i2d' function type is used to copy a C structure to a byte array.
-The parameter 'a' is the structure to convert and '*p' is where to put it.
-As for the 'd2i' type structure, 'p' is updated to point after the last
-byte written. If p is NULL, no data is written. The function also returns
-the number of bytes written. Where this becomes useful is that if the
-function is called with a NULL 'p' value, the length is returned. This can
-then be used to malloc() an array of bytes and then the same function can
-be recalled passing the malloced array to be written to. e.g.
-
-int len;
-unsigned char *bytes,*p;
-len=i2d_X509(x,NULL); /* get the size of the ASN1 encoding of 'x' */
-if ((bytes=(unsigned char *)malloc(len)) == NULL)
- goto err;
-p=bytes;
-i2d_X509(x,&p);
-
-Please note that a new variable, 'p' was passed to i2d_X509. After the
-call to i2d_X509 p has been incremented by len bytes.
-
-Now the reason for this functional organisation is that it allows nested
-structures to be built up by calling these functions as required. There
-are various macros used to help write the general 'i2d', 'd2i', 'new' and
-'free' functions. They are discussed in another file and would only be
-used by some-one wanting to add new structures to the library. As you
-might be able to guess, the process of writing ASN.1 files can be a bit CPU
-expensive for complex structures. I'm willing to live with this since the
-simpler library code make my life easier and hopefully most programs using
-these routines will have their execution profiles dominated by cipher or
-message digest routines.
-What follows is a list of 'TYPE' values and the corresponding ASN.1
-structure and where it is used.
-
-TYPE ASN.1
-ASN1_INTEGER INTEGER
-ASN1_BIT_STRING BIT STRING
-ASN1_OCTET_STRING OCTET STRING
-ASN1_OBJECT OBJECT IDENTIFIER
-ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING PrintableString
-ASN1_T61STRING T61String
-ASN1_IA5STRING IA5String
-ASN1_UTCTIME UTCTime
-ASN1_TYPE Any of the above mentioned types plus SEQUENCE and SET
-
-Most of the above mentioned types are actualled stored in the
-ASN1_BIT_STRING type and macros are used to differentiate between them.
-The 3 types used are
-
-typedef struct asn1_object_st
- {
- /* both null if a dynamic ASN1_OBJECT, one is
- * defined if a 'static' ASN1_OBJECT */
- char *sn,*ln;
- int nid;
- int length;
- unsigned char *data;
- } ASN1_OBJECT;
-This is used to store ASN1 OBJECTS. Read 'objects.doc' for details ono
-routines to manipulate this structure. 'sn' and 'ln' are used to hold text
-strings that represent the object (short name and long or lower case name).
-These are used by the 'OBJ' library. 'nid' is a number used by the OBJ
-library to uniquely identify objects. The ASN1 routines will populate the
-'length' and 'data' fields which will contain the bit string representing
-the object.
-
-typedef struct asn1_bit_string_st
- {
- int length;
- int type;
- unsigned char *data;
- } ASN1_BIT_STRING;
-This structure is used to hold all the other base ASN1 types except for
-ASN1_UTCTIME (which is really just a 'char *'). Length is the number of
-bytes held in data and type is the ASN1 type of the object (there is a list
-in asn1.h).
-
-typedef struct asn1_type_st
- {
- int type;
- union {
- char *ptr;
- ASN1_INTEGER * integer;
- ASN1_BIT_STRING * bit_string;
- ASN1_OCTET_STRING * octet_string;
- ASN1_OBJECT * object;
- ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING * printablestring;
- ASN1_T61STRING * t61string;
- ASN1_IA5STRING * ia5string;
- ASN1_UTCTIME * utctime;
- ASN1_BIT_STRING * set;
- ASN1_BIT_STRING * sequence;
- } value;
- } ASN1_TYPE;
-This structure is used in a few places when 'any' type of object can be
-expected.
-
-X509 Certificate
-X509_CINF CertificateInfo
-X509_ALGOR AlgorithmIdentifier
-X509_NAME Name
-X509_NAME_ENTRY A single sub component of the name.
-X509_VAL Validity
-X509_PUBKEY SubjectPublicKeyInfo
-The above mentioned types are declared in x509.h. They are all quite
-straight forward except for the X509_NAME/X509_NAME_ENTRY pair.
-A X509_NAME is a STACK (see stack.doc) of X509_NAME_ENTRY's.
-typedef struct X509_name_entry_st
- {
- ASN1_OBJECT *object;
- ASN1_BIT_STRING *value;
- int set;
- int size; /* temp variable */
- } X509_NAME_ENTRY;
-The size is a temporary variable used by i2d_NAME and set is the set number
-for the particular NAME_ENTRY. A X509_NAME is encoded as a sequence of
-sequence of sets. Normally each set contains only a single item.
-Sometimes it contains more. Normally throughout this library there will be
-only one item per set. The set field contains the 'set' that this entry is
-a member of. So if you have just created a X509_NAME structure and
-populated it with X509_NAME_ENTRYs, you should then traverse the X509_NAME
-(which is just a STACK) and set the 'set/' field to incrementing numbers.
-For more details on why this is done, read the ASN.1 spec for Distinguished
-Names.
-
-X509_REQ CertificateRequest
-X509_REQ_INFO CertificateRequestInfo
-These are used to hold certificate requests.
-
-X509_CRL CertificateRevocationList
-These are used to hold a certificate revocation list
-
-RSAPrivateKey PrivateKeyInfo
-RSAPublicKey PublicKeyInfo
-Both these 'function groups' operate on 'RSA' structures (see rsa.doc).
-The difference is that the RSAPublicKey operations only manipulate the m
-and e fields in the RSA structure.
-
-DSAPrivateKey DSS private key
-DSAPublicKey DSS public key
-Both these 'function groups' operate on 'DSS' structures (see dsa.doc).
-The difference is that the RSAPublicKey operations only manipulate the
-XXX fields in the DSA structure.
-
-DHparams DHParameter
-This is used to hold the p and g value for The Diffie-Hellman operation.
-The function deal with the 'DH' strucure (see dh.doc).
-
-Now all of these function types can be used with several other functions to give
-quite useful set of general manipulation routines. Normally one would
-not uses these functions directly but use them via macros.
-
-char *ASN1_dup(int (*i2d)(),char *(*d2i)(),char *x);
-'x' is the input structure case to a 'char *', 'i2d' is the 'i2d_TYPE'
-function for the type that 'x' is and d2i is the 'd2i_TYPE' function for the
-type that 'x' is. As is obvious from the parameters, this function
-duplicates the strucutre by transforming it into the DER form and then
-re-loading it into a new strucutre and returning the new strucutre. This
-is obviously a bit cpu intensive but when faced with a complex dynamic
-structure this is the simplest programming approach. There are macros for
-duplicating the major data types but is simple to add extras.
-
-char *ASN1_d2i_fp(char *(*new)(),char *(*d2i)(),FILE *fp,unsigned char **x);
-'x' is a pointer to a pointer of the 'desired type'. new and d2i are the
-corresponding 'TYPE_new' and 'd2i_TYPE' functions for the type and 'fp' is
-an open file pointer to read from. This function reads from 'fp' as much
-data as it can and then uses 'd2i' to parse the bytes to load and return
-the parsed strucutre in 'x' (if it was non-NULL) and to actually return the
-strucutre. The behavior of 'x' is as per all the other d2i functions.
-
-char *ASN1_d2i_bio(char *(*new)(),char *(*d2i)(),BIO *fp,unsigned char **x);
-The 'BIO' is the new IO type being used in SSLeay (see bio.doc). This
-function is the same as ASN1_d2i_fp() except for the BIO argument.
-ASN1_d2i_fp() actually calls this function.
-
-int ASN1_i2d_fp(int (*i2d)(),FILE *out,unsigned char *x);
-'x' is converted to bytes by 'i2d' and then written to 'out'. ASN1_i2d_fp
-and ASN1_d2i_fp are not really symetric since ASN1_i2d_fp will read all
-available data from the file pointer before parsing a single item while
-ASN1_i2d_fp can be used to write a sequence of data objects. To read a
-series of objects from a file I would sugest loading the file into a buffer
-and calling the relevent 'd2i' functions.
-
-char *ASN1_d2i_bio(char *(*new)(),char *(*d2i)(),BIO *fp,unsigned char **x);
-This function is the same as ASN1_i2d_fp() except for the BIO argument.
-ASN1_i2d_fp() actually calls this function.
-
-char * PEM_ASN1_read(char *(*d2i)(),char *name,FILE *fp,char **x,int (*cb)());
-This function will read the next PEM encoded (base64) object of the same
-type as 'x' (loaded by the d2i function). 'name' is the name that is in
-the '-----BEGIN name-----' that designates the start of that object type.
-If the data is encrypted, 'cb' will be called to prompt for a password. If
-it is NULL a default function will be used to prompt from the password.
-'x' is delt with as per the standard 'd2i' function interface. This
-function can be used to read a series of objects from a file. While any
-data type can be encrypted (see PEM_ASN1_write) only RSA private keys tend
-to be encrypted.
-
-char * PEM_ASN1_read_bio(char *(*d2i)(),char *name,BIO *fp,
- char **x,int (*cb)());
-Same as PEM_ASN1_read() except using a BIO. This is called by
-PEM_ASN1_read().
-
-int PEM_ASN1_write(int (*i2d)(),char *name,FILE *fp,char *x,EVP_CIPHER *enc,
- unsigned char *kstr,int klen,int (*callback)());
-
-int PEM_ASN1_write_bio(int (*i2d)(),char *name,BIO *fp,
- char *x,EVP_CIPHER *enc,unsigned char *kstr,int klen,
- int (*callback)());
-
-int ASN1_sign(int (*i2d)(), X509_ALGOR *algor1, X509_ALGOR *algor2,
- ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature, char *data, RSA *rsa, EVP_MD *type);
-int ASN1_verify(int (*i2d)(), X509_ALGOR *algor1,
- ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature,char *data, RSA *rsa);
-
-int ASN1_BIT_STRING_cmp(ASN1_BIT_STRING *a, ASN1_BIT_STRING *b);
-ASN1_BIT_STRING *ASN1_BIT_STRING_type_new(int type );
-
-int ASN1_UTCTIME_check(ASN1_UTCTIME *a);
-void ASN1_UTCTIME_print(BIO *fp,ASN1_UTCTIME *a);
-ASN1_UTCTIME *ASN1_UTCTIME_dup(ASN1_UTCTIME *a);
-
-ASN1_BIT_STRING *d2i_asn1_print_type(ASN1_BIT_STRING **a,unsigned char **pp,
- long length,int type);
-
-int i2d_ASN1_SET(STACK *a, unsigned char **pp,
- int (*func)(), int ex_tag, int ex_class);
-STACK * d2i_ASN1_SET(STACK **a, unsigned char **pp, long length,
- char *(*func)(), int ex_tag, int ex_class);
-
-int i2a_ASN1_OBJECT(BIO *bp,ASN1_OBJECT *object);
-int i2a_ASN1_INTEGER(BIO *bp, ASN1_INTEGER *a);
-int a2i_ASN1_INTEGER(BIO *bp,ASN1_INTEGER *bs,char *buf,int size);
-
-int ASN1_INTEGER_set(ASN1_INTEGER *a, long v);
-long ASN1_INTEGER_get(ASN1_INTEGER *a);
-ASN1_INTEGER *BN_to_ASN1_INTEGER(BIGNUM *bn, ASN1_INTEGER *ai);
-BIGNUM *ASN1_INTEGER_to_BN(ASN1_INTEGER *ai,BIGNUM *bn);
-
-/* given a string, return the correct type. Max is the maximum number
- * of bytes to parse. It stops parsing when 'max' bytes have been
- * processed or a '\0' is hit */
-int ASN1_PRINTABLE_type(unsigned char *s,int max);
-
-void ASN1_parse(BIO *fp,unsigned char *pp,long len);
-
-int i2d_ASN1_bytes(ASN1_BIT_STRING *a, unsigned char **pp, int tag, int class);
-ASN1_BIT_STRING *d2i_ASN1_bytes(ASN1_OCTET_STRING **a, unsigned char **pp,
- long length, int Ptag, int Pclass);
-
-/* PARSING */
-int asn1_Finish(ASN1_CTX *c);
-
-/* SPECIALS */
-int ASN1_get_object(unsigned char **pp, long *plength, int *ptag,
- int *pclass, long omax);
-int ASN1_check_infinite_end(unsigned char **p,long len);
-void ASN1_put_object(unsigned char **pp, int constructed, int length,
- int tag, int class);
-int ASN1_object_size(int constructed, int length, int tag);
-
-X509 * X509_get_cert(CERTIFICATE_CTX *ctx,X509_NAME * name,X509 *tmp_x509);
-int X509_add_cert(CERTIFICATE_CTX *ctx,X509 *);
-
-char * X509_cert_verify_error_string(int n);
-int X509_add_cert_file(CERTIFICATE_CTX *c,char *file, int type);
-char * X509_gmtime (char *s, long adj);
-int X509_add_cert_dir (CERTIFICATE_CTX *c,char *dir, int type);
-int X509_load_verify_locations (CERTIFICATE_CTX *ctx,
- char *file_env, char *dir_env);
-int X509_set_default_verify_paths(CERTIFICATE_CTX *cts);
-X509 * X509_new_D2i_X509(int len, unsigned char *p);
-char * X509_get_default_cert_area(void );
-char * X509_get_default_cert_dir(void );
-char * X509_get_default_cert_file(void );
-char * X509_get_default_cert_dir_env(void );
-char * X509_get_default_cert_file_env(void );
-char * X509_get_default_private_dir(void );
-X509_REQ *X509_X509_TO_req(X509 *x, RSA *rsa);
-int X509_cert_verify(CERTIFICATE_CTX *ctx,X509 *xs, int (*cb)());
-
-CERTIFICATE_CTX *CERTIFICATE_CTX_new();
-void CERTIFICATE_CTX_free(CERTIFICATE_CTX *c);
-
-void X509_NAME_print(BIO *fp, X509_NAME *name, int obase);
-int X509_print_fp(FILE *fp,X509 *x);
-int X509_print(BIO *fp,X509 *x);
-
-X509_INFO * X509_INFO_new(void);
-void X509_INFO_free(X509_INFO *a);
-
-char * X509_NAME_oneline(X509_NAME *a);
-
-#define X509_verify(x,rsa)
-#define X509_REQ_verify(x,rsa)
-#define X509_CRL_verify(x,rsa)
-
-#define X509_sign(x,rsa,md)
-#define X509_REQ_sign(x,rsa,md)
-#define X509_CRL_sign(x,rsa,md)
-
-#define X509_dup(x509)
-#define d2i_X509_fp(fp,x509)
-#define i2d_X509_fp(fp,x509)
-#define d2i_X509_bio(bp,x509)
-#define i2d_X509_bio(bp,x509)
-
-#define X509_CRL_dup(crl)
-#define d2i_X509_CRL_fp(fp,crl)
-#define i2d_X509_CRL_fp(fp,crl)
-#define d2i_X509_CRL_bio(bp,crl)
-#define i2d_X509_CRL_bio(bp,crl)
-
-#define X509_REQ_dup(req)
-#define d2i_X509_REQ_fp(fp,req)
-#define i2d_X509_REQ_fp(fp,req)
-#define d2i_X509_REQ_bio(bp,req)
-#define i2d_X509_REQ_bio(bp,req)
-
-#define RSAPrivateKey_dup(rsa)
-#define d2i_RSAPrivateKey_fp(fp,rsa)
-#define i2d_RSAPrivateKey_fp(fp,rsa)
-#define d2i_RSAPrivateKey_bio(bp,rsa)
-#define i2d_RSAPrivateKey_bio(bp,rsa)
-
-#define X509_NAME_dup(xn)
-#define X509_NAME_ENTRY_dup(ne)
-
-void X509_REQ_print_fp(FILE *fp,X509_REQ *req);
-void X509_REQ_print(BIO *fp,X509_REQ *req);
-
-RSA *X509_REQ_extract_key(X509_REQ *req);
-RSA *X509_extract_key(X509 *x509);
-
-int X509_issuer_and_serial_cmp(X509 *a, X509 *b);
-unsigned long X509_issuer_and_serial_hash(X509 *a);
-
-X509_NAME * X509_get_issuer_name(X509 *a);
-int X509_issuer_name_cmp(X509 *a, X509 *b);
-unsigned long X509_issuer_name_hash(X509 *a);
-
-X509_NAME * X509_get_subject_name(X509 *a);
-int X509_subject_name_cmp(X509 *a,X509 *b);
-unsigned long X509_subject_name_hash(X509 *x);
-
-int X509_NAME_cmp (X509_NAME *a, X509_NAME *b);
-unsigned long X509_NAME_hash(X509_NAME *x);
-
-
-==== bio.doc ========================================================
-
-BIO Routines
-
-This documentation is rather sparse, you are probably best
-off looking at the code for specific details.
-
-The BIO library is a IO abstraction that was originally
-inspired by the need to have callbacks to perform IO to FILE
-pointers when using Windows 3.1 DLLs. There are two types
-of BIO; a source/sink type and a filter type.
-The source/sink methods are as follows:
-- BIO_s_mem() memory buffer - a read/write byte array that
- grows until memory runs out :-).
-- BIO_s_file() FILE pointer - A wrapper around the normal
- 'FILE *' commands, good for use with stdin/stdout.
-- BIO_s_fd() File descriptor - A wrapper around file
- descriptors, often used with pipes.
-- BIO_s_socket() Socket - Used around sockets. It is
- mostly in the Microsoft world that sockets are different
- from file descriptors and there are all those ugly winsock
- commands.
-- BIO_s_null() Null - read nothing and write nothing.; a
- useful endpoint for filter type BIO's specifically things
- like the message digest BIO.
-
-The filter types are
-- BIO_f_buffer() IO buffering - does output buffering into
- larger chunks and performs input buffering to allow gets()
- type functions.
-- BIO_f_md() Message digest - a transparent filter that can
- be asked to return a message digest for the data that has
- passed through it.
-- BIO_f_cipher() Encrypt or decrypt all data passing
- through the filter.
-- BIO_f_base64() Base64 decode on read and encode on write.
-- BIO_f_ssl() A filter that performs SSL encryption on the
- data sent through it.
-
-Base BIO functions.
-The BIO library has a set of base functions that are
-implemented for each particular type. Filter BIOs will
-normally call the equivalent function on the source/sink BIO
-that they are layered on top of after they have performed
-some modification to the data stream. Multiple filter BIOs
-can be 'push' into a stack of modifers, so to read from a
-file, unbase64 it, then decrypt it, a BIO_f_cipher,
-BIO_f_base64 and a BIO_s_file would probably be used. If a
-sha-1 and md5 message digest needed to be generated, a stack
-two BIO_f_md() BIOs and a BIO_s_null() BIO could be used.
-The base functions are
-- BIO *BIO_new(BIO_METHOD *type); Create a new BIO of type 'type'.
-- int BIO_free(BIO *a); Free a BIO structure. Depending on
- the configuration, this will free the underlying data
- object for a source/sink BIO.
-- int BIO_read(BIO *b, char *data, int len); Read upto 'len'
- bytes into 'data'.
-- int BIO_gets(BIO *bp,char *buf, int size); Depending on
- the BIO, this can either be a 'get special' or a get one
- line of data, as per fgets();
-- int BIO_write(BIO *b, char *data, int len); Write 'len'
- bytes from 'data' to the 'b' BIO.
-- int BIO_puts(BIO *bp,char *buf); Either a 'put special' or
- a write null terminated string as per fputs().
-- long BIO_ctrl(BIO *bp,int cmd,long larg,char *parg); A
- control function which is used to manipulate the BIO
- structure and modify it's state and or report on it. This
- function is just about never used directly, rather it
- should be used in conjunction with BIO_METHOD specific
- macros.
-- BIO *BIO_push(BIO *new_top, BIO *old); new_top is apped to the
- top of the 'old' BIO list. new_top should be a filter BIO.
- All writes will go through 'new_top' first and last on read.
- 'old' is returned.
-- BIO *BIO_pop(BIO *bio); the new topmost BIO is returned, NULL if
- there are no more.
-
-If a particular low level BIO method is not supported
-(normally BIO_gets()), -2 will be returned if that method is
-called. Otherwise the IO methods (read, write, gets, puts)
-will return the number of bytes read or written, and 0 or -1
-for error (or end of input). For the -1 case,
-BIO_should_retry(bio) can be called to determine if it was a
-genuine error or a temporary problem. -2 will also be
-returned if the BIO has not been initalised yet, in all
-cases, the correct error codes are set (accessible via the
-ERR library).
-
-
-The following functions are convenience functions:
-- int BIO_printf(BIO *bio, char * format, ..); printf but
- to a BIO handle.
-- long BIO_ctrl_int(BIO *bp,int cmd,long larg,int iarg); a
- convenience function to allow a different argument types
- to be passed to BIO_ctrl().
-- int BIO_dump(BIO *b,char *bytes,int len); output 'len'
- bytes from 'bytes' in a hex dump debug format.
-- long BIO_debug_callback(BIO *bio, int cmd, char *argp, int
- argi, long argl, long ret) - a default debug BIO callback,
- this is mentioned below. To use this one normally has to
- use the BIO_set_callback_arg() function to assign an
- output BIO for the callback to use.
-- BIO *BIO_find_type(BIO *bio,int type); when there is a 'stack'
- of BIOs, this function scan the list and returns the first
- that is of type 'type', as listed in buffer.h under BIO_TYPE_XXX.
-- void BIO_free_all(BIO *bio); Free the bio and all other BIOs
- in the list. It walks the bio->next_bio list.
-
-
-
-Extra commands are normally implemented as macros calling BIO_ctrl().
-- BIO_number_read(BIO *bio) - the number of bytes processed
- by BIO_read(bio,.).
-- BIO_number_written(BIO *bio) - the number of bytes written
- by BIO_write(bio,.).
-- BIO_reset(BIO *bio) - 'reset' the BIO.
-- BIO_eof(BIO *bio) - non zero if we are at the current end
- of input.
-- BIO_set_close(BIO *bio, int close_flag) - set the close flag.
-- BIO_get_close(BIO *bio) - return the close flag.
- BIO_pending(BIO *bio) - return the number of bytes waiting
- to be read (normally buffered internally).
-- BIO_flush(BIO *bio) - output any data waiting to be output.
-- BIO_should_retry(BIO *io) - after a BIO_read/BIO_write
- operation returns 0 or -1, a call to this function will
- return non zero if you should retry the call later (this
- is for non-blocking IO).
-- BIO_should_read(BIO *io) - we should retry when data can
- be read.
-- BIO_should_write(BIO *io) - we should retry when data can
- be written.
-- BIO_method_name(BIO *io) - return a string for the method name.
-- BIO_method_type(BIO *io) - return the unique ID of the BIO method.
-- BIO_set_callback(BIO *io, long (*callback)(BIO *io, int
- cmd, char *argp, int argi, long argl, long ret); - sets
- the debug callback.
-- BIO_get_callback(BIO *io) - return the assigned function
- as mentioned above.
-- BIO_set_callback_arg(BIO *io, char *arg) - assign some
- data against the BIO. This is normally used by the debug
- callback but could in reality be used for anything. To
- get an idea of how all this works, have a look at the code
- in the default debug callback mentioned above. The
- callback can modify the return values.
-
-Details of the BIO_METHOD structure.
-typedef struct bio_method_st
- {
- int type;
- char *name;
- int (*bwrite)();
- int (*bread)();
- int (*bputs)();
- int (*bgets)();
- long (*ctrl)();
- int (*create)();
- int (*destroy)();
- } BIO_METHOD;
-
-The 'type' is the numeric type of the BIO, these are listed in buffer.h;
-'Name' is a textual representation of the BIO 'type'.
-The 7 function pointers point to the respective function
-methods, some of which can be NULL if not implemented.
-The BIO structure
-typedef struct bio_st
- {
- BIO_METHOD *method;
- long (*callback)(BIO * bio, int mode, char *argp, int
- argi, long argl, long ret);
- char *cb_arg; /* first argument for the callback */
- int init;
- int shutdown;
- int flags; /* extra storage */
- int num;
- char *ptr;
- struct bio_st *next_bio; /* used by filter BIOs */
- int references;
- unsigned long num_read;
- unsigned long num_write;
- } BIO;
-
-- 'Method' is the BIO method.
-- 'callback', when configured, is called before and after
- each BIO method is called for that particular BIO. This
- is intended primarily for debugging and of informational feedback.
-- 'init' is 0 when the BIO can be used for operation.
- Often, after a BIO is created, a number of operations may
- need to be performed before it is available for use. An
- example is for BIO_s_sock(). A socket needs to be
- assigned to the BIO before it can be used.
-- 'shutdown', this flag indicates if the underlying
- communication primitive being used should be closed/freed
- when the BIO is closed.
-- 'flags' is used to hold extra state. It is primarily used
- to hold information about why a non-blocking operation
- failed and to record startup protocol information for the
- SSL BIO.
-- 'num' and 'ptr' are used to hold instance specific state
- like file descriptors or local data structures.
-- 'next_bio' is used by filter BIOs to hold the pointer of the
- next BIO in the chain. written data is sent to this BIO and
- data read is taken from it.
-- 'references' is used to indicate the number of pointers to
- this structure. This needs to be '1' before a call to
- BIO_free() is made if the BIO_free() function is to
- actually free() the structure, otherwise the reference
- count is just decreased. The actual BIO subsystem does
- not really use this functionality but it is useful when
- used in more advanced applicaion.
-- num_read and num_write are the total number of bytes
- read/written via the 'read()' and 'write()' methods.
-
-BIO_ctrl operations.
-The following is the list of standard commands passed as the
-second parameter to BIO_ctrl() and should be supported by
-all BIO as best as possible. Some are optional, some are
-manditory, in any case, where is makes sense, a filter BIO
-should pass such requests to underlying BIO's.
-- BIO_CTRL_RESET - Reset the BIO back to an initial state.
-- BIO_CTRL_EOF - return 0 if we are not at the end of input,
- non 0 if we are.
-- BIO_CTRL_INFO - BIO specific special command, normal
- information return.
-- BIO_CTRL_SET - set IO specific parameter.
-- BIO_CTRL_GET - get IO specific parameter.
-- BIO_CTRL_GET_CLOSE - Get the close on BIO_free() flag, one
- of BIO_CLOSE or BIO_NOCLOSE.
-- BIO_CTRL_SET_CLOSE - Set the close on BIO_free() flag.
-- BIO_CTRL_PENDING - Return the number of bytes available
- for instant reading
-- BIO_CTRL_FLUSH - Output pending data, return number of bytes output.
-- BIO_CTRL_SHOULD_RETRY - After an IO error (-1 returned)
- should we 'retry' when IO is possible on the underlying IO object.
-- BIO_CTRL_RETRY_TYPE - What kind of IO are we waiting on.
-
-The following command is a special BIO_s_file() specific option.
-- BIO_CTRL_SET_FILENAME - specify a file to open for IO.
-
-The BIO_CTRL_RETRY_TYPE needs a little more explanation.
-When performing non-blocking IO, or say reading on a memory
-BIO, when no data is present (or cannot be written),
-BIO_read() and/or BIO_write() will return -1.
-BIO_should_retry(bio) will return true if this is due to an
-IO condition rather than an actual error. In the case of
-BIO_s_mem(), a read when there is no data will return -1 and
-a should retry when there is more 'read' data.
-The retry type is deduced from 2 macros
-BIO_should_read(bio) and BIO_should_write(bio).
-Now while it may appear obvious that a BIO_read() failure
-should indicate that a retry should be performed when more
-read data is available, this is often not true when using
-things like an SSL BIO. During the SSL protocol startup
-multiple reads and writes are performed, triggered by any
-SSL_read or SSL_write.
-So to write code that will transparently handle either a
-socket or SSL BIO,
- i=BIO_read(bio,..)
- if (I == -1)
- {
- if (BIO_should_retry(bio))
- {
- if (BIO_should_read(bio))
- {
- /* call us again when BIO can be read */
- }
- if (BIO_should_write(bio))
- {
- /* call us again when BIO can be written */
- }
- }
- }
-
-At this point in time only read and write conditions can be
-used but in the future I can see the situation for other
-conditions, specifically with SSL there could be a condition
-of a X509 certificate lookup taking place and so the non-
-blocking BIO_read would require a retry when the certificate
-lookup subsystem has finished it's lookup. This is all
-makes more sense and is easy to use in a event loop type
-setup.
-When using the SSL BIO, either SSL_read() or SSL_write()s
-can be called during the protocol startup and things will
-still work correctly.
-The nice aspect of the use of the BIO_should_retry() macro
-is that all the errno codes that indicate a non-fatal error
-are encapsulated in one place. The Windows specific error
-codes and WSAGetLastError() calls are also hidden from the
-application.
-
-Notes on each BIO method.
-Normally buffer.h is just required but depending on the
-BIO_METHOD, ssl.h or evp.h will also be required.
-
-BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_mem(void);
-- BIO_set_mem_buf(BIO *bio, BUF_MEM *bm, int close_flag) -
- set the underlying BUF_MEM structure for the BIO to use.
-- BIO_get_mem_ptr(BIO *bio, char **pp) - if pp is not NULL,
- set it to point to the memory array and return the number
- of bytes available.
-A read/write BIO. Any data written is appended to the
-memory array and any read is read from the front. This BIO
-can be used for read/write at the same time. BIO_gets() is
-supported in the fgets() sense.
-BIO_CTRL_INFO can be used to retrieve pointers to the memory
-buffer and it's length.
-
-BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_file(void);
-- BIO_set_fp(BIO *bio, FILE *fp, int close_flag) - set 'FILE *' to use.
-- BIO_get_fp(BIO *bio, FILE **fp) - get the 'FILE *' in use.
-- BIO_read_filename(BIO *bio, char *name) - read from file.
-- BIO_write_filename(BIO *bio, char *name) - write to file.
-- BIO_append_filename(BIO *bio, char *name) - append to file.
-This BIO sits over the normal system fread()/fgets() type
-functions. Gets() is supported. This BIO in theory could be
-used for read and write but it is best to think of each BIO
-of this type as either a read or a write BIO, not both.
-
-BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_socket(void);
-BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_fd(void);
-- BIO_sock_should_retry(int i) - the underlying function
- used to determine if a call should be retried; the
- argument is the '0' or '-1' returned by the previous BIO
- operation.
-- BIO_fd_should_retry(int i) - same as the
-- BIO_sock_should_retry() except that it is different internally.
-- BIO_set_fd(BIO *bio, int fd, int close_flag) - set the
- file descriptor to use
-- BIO_get_fd(BIO *bio, int *fd) - get the file descriptor.
-These two methods are very similar. Gets() is not
-supported, if you want this functionality, put a
-BIO_f_buffer() onto it. This BIO is bi-directional if the
-underlying file descriptor is. This is normally the case
-for sockets but not the case for stdio descriptors.
-
-BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_null(void);
-Read and write as much data as you like, it all disappears
-into this BIO.
-
-BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_buffer(void);
-- BIO_get_buffer_num_lines(BIO *bio) - return the number of
- complete lines in the buffer.
-- BIO_set_buffer_size(BIO *bio, long size) - set the size of
- the buffers.
-This type performs input and output buffering. It performs
-both at the same time. The size of the buffer can be set
-via the set buffer size option. Data buffered for output is
-only written when the buffer fills.
-
-BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_ssl(void);
-- BIO_set_ssl(BIO *bio, SSL *ssl, int close_flag) - the SSL
- structure to use.
-- BIO_get_ssl(BIO *bio, SSL **ssl) - get the SSL structure
- in use.
-The SSL bio is a little different from normal BIOs because
-the underlying SSL structure is a little different. A SSL
-structure performs IO via a read and write BIO. These can
-be different and are normally set via the
-SSL_set_rbio()/SSL_set_wbio() calls. The SSL_set_fd() calls
-are just wrappers that create socket BIOs and then call
-SSL_set_bio() where the read and write BIOs are the same.
-The BIO_push() operation makes the SSLs IO BIOs the same, so
-make sure the BIO pushed is capable of two directional
-traffic. If it is not, you will have to install the BIOs
-via the more conventional SSL_set_bio() call. BIO_pop() will retrieve
-the 'SSL read' BIO.
-
-BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_md(void);
-- BIO_set_md(BIO *bio, EVP_MD *md) - set the message digest
- to use.
-- BIO_get_md(BIO *bio, EVP_MD **mdp) - return the digest
- method in use in mdp, return 0 if not set yet.
-- BIO_reset() reinitializes the digest (EVP_DigestInit())
- and passes the reset to the underlying BIOs.
-All data read or written via BIO_read() or BIO_write() to
-this BIO will be added to the calculated digest. This
-implies that this BIO is only one directional. If read and
-write operations are performed, two separate BIO_f_md() BIOs
-are reuqired to generate digests on both the input and the
-output. BIO_gets(BIO *bio, char *md, int size) will place the
-generated digest into 'md' and return the number of bytes.
-The EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE should probably be used to size the 'md'
-array. Reading the digest will also reset it.
-
-BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_cipher(void);
-- BIO_reset() reinitializes the cipher.
-- BIO_flush() should be called when the last bytes have been
- output to flush the final block of block ciphers.
-- BIO_get_cipher_status(BIO *b), when called after the last
- read from a cipher BIO, returns non-zero if the data
- decrypted correctly, otherwise, 0.
-- BIO_set_cipher(BIO *b, EVP_CIPHER *c, unsigned char *key,
- unsigned char *iv, int encrypt) This function is used to
- setup a cipher BIO. The length of key and iv are
- specified by the choice of EVP_CIPHER. Encrypt is 1 to
- encrypt and 0 to decrypt.
-
-BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_base64(void);
-- BIO_flush() should be called when the last bytes have been output.
-This BIO base64 encodes when writing and base64 decodes when
-reading. It will scan the input until a suitable begin line
-is found. After reading data, BIO_reset() will reset the
-BIO to start scanning again. Do not mix reading and writing
-on the same base64 BIO. It is meant as a single stream BIO.
-
-Directions type
-both BIO_s_mem()
-one/both BIO_s_file()
-both BIO_s_fd()
-both BIO_s_socket()
-both BIO_s_null()
-both BIO_f_buffer()
-one BIO_f_md()
-one BIO_f_cipher()
-one BIO_f_base64()
-both BIO_f_ssl()
-
-It is easy to mix one and two directional BIOs, all one has
-to do is to keep two separate BIO pointers for reading and
-writing and be careful about usage of underlying BIOs. The
-SSL bio by it's very nature has to be two directional but
-the BIO_push() command will push the one BIO into the SSL
-BIO for both reading and writing.
-
-The best example program to look at is apps/enc.c and/or perhaps apps/dgst.c.
-
-
-==== blowfish.doc ========================================================
-
-The Blowfish library.
-
-Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64bit (8 byte) quantities. It
-uses variable size key, but 128bit (16 byte) key would normally be considered
-good. It can be used in all the modes that DES can be used. This
-library implements the ecb, cbc, cfb64, ofb64 modes.
-
-Blowfish is quite a bit faster that DES, and much faster than IDEA or
-RC2. It is one of the faster block ciphers.
-
-For all calls that have an 'input' and 'output' variables, they can be the
-same.
-
-This library requires the inclusion of 'blowfish.h'.
-
-All of the encryption functions take what is called an BF_KEY as an
-argument. An BF_KEY is an expanded form of the Blowfish key.
-For all modes of the Blowfish algorithm, the BF_KEY used for
-decryption is the same one that was used for encryption.
-
-The define BF_ENCRYPT is passed to specify encryption for the functions
-that require an encryption/decryption flag. BF_DECRYPT is passed to
-specify decryption.
-
-Please note that any of the encryption modes specified in my DES library
-could be used with Blowfish. I have only implemented ecb, cbc, cfb64 and
-ofb64 for the following reasons.
-- ecb is the basic Blowfish encryption.
-- cbc is the normal 'chaining' form for block ciphers.
-- cfb64 can be used to encrypt single characters, therefore input and output
- do not need to be a multiple of 8.
-- ofb64 is similar to cfb64 but is more like a stream cipher, not as
- secure (not cipher feedback) but it does not have an encrypt/decrypt mode.
-- If you want triple Blowfish, thats 384 bits of key and you must be totally
- obsessed with security. Still, if you want it, it is simple enough to
- copy the function from the DES library and change the des_encrypt to
- BF_encrypt; an exercise left for the paranoid reader :-).
-
-The functions are as follows:
-
-void BF_set_key(
-BF_KEY *ks;
-int len;
-unsigned char *key;
- BF_set_key converts an 'len' byte key into a BF_KEY.
- A 'ks' is an expanded form of the 'key' which is used to
- perform actual encryption. It can be regenerated from the Blowfish key
- so it only needs to be kept when encryption or decryption is about
- to occur. Don't save or pass around BF_KEY's since they
- are CPU architecture dependent, 'key's are not. Blowfish is an
- interesting cipher in that it can be used with a variable length
- key. 'len' is the length of 'key' to be used as the key.
- A 'len' of 16 is recomended by me, but blowfish can use upto
- 72 bytes. As a warning, blowfish has a very very slow set_key
- function, it actually runs BF_encrypt 521 times.
-
-void BF_encrypt(unsigned long *data, BF_KEY *key);
-void BF_decrypt(unsigned long *data, BF_KEY *key);
- These are the Blowfish encryption function that gets called by just
- about every other Blowfish routine in the library. You should not
- use this function except to implement 'modes' of Blowfish.
- I say this because the
- functions that call this routine do the conversion from 'char *' to
- long, and this needs to be done to make sure 'non-aligned' memory
- access do not occur.
- Data is a pointer to 2 unsigned long's and key is the
- BF_KEY to use.
-
-void BF_ecb_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-BF_KEY *key,
-int encrypt);
- This is the basic Electronic Code Book form of Blowfish (in DES this
- mode is called Electronic Code Book so I'm going to use the term
- for blowfish as well.
- Input is encrypted into output using the key represented by
- key. Depending on the encrypt, encryption or
- decryption occurs. Input is 8 bytes long and output is 8 bytes.
-
-void BF_cbc_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-BF_KEY *ks,
-unsigned char *ivec,
-int encrypt);
- This routine implements Blowfish in Cipher Block Chaining mode.
- Input, which should be a multiple of 8 bytes is encrypted
- (or decrypted) to output which will also be a multiple of 8 bytes.
- The number of bytes is in length (and from what I've said above,
- should be a multiple of 8). If length is not a multiple of 8, bad
- things will probably happen. ivec is the initialisation vector.
- This function updates iv after each call so that it can be passed to
- the next call to BF_cbc_encrypt().
-
-void BF_cfb64_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-BF_KEY *schedule,
-unsigned char *ivec,
-int *num,
-int encrypt);
- This is one of the more useful functions in this Blowfish library, it
- implements CFB mode of Blowfish with 64bit feedback.
- This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes,
- you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this
- routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec
- and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec.
- 'Encrypt' is used to indicate encryption or decryption.
- CFB64 mode operates by using the cipher to generate a stream
- of bytes which is used to encrypt the plain text.
- The cipher text is then encrypted to generate the next 64 bits to
- be xored (incrementally) with the next 64 bits of plain
- text. As can be seen from this, to encrypt or decrypt,
- the same 'cipher stream' needs to be generated but the way the next
- block of data is gathered for encryption is different for
- encryption and decryption.
-
-void BF_ofb64_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-BF_KEY *schedule,
-unsigned char *ivec,
-int *num);
- This functions implements OFB mode of Blowfish with 64bit feedback.
- This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes,
- you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this
- routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec
- and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec.
- This is in effect a stream cipher, there is no encryption or
- decryption mode.
-
-For reading passwords, I suggest using des_read_pw_string() from my DES library.
-To generate a password from a text string, I suggest using MD5 (or MD2) to
-produce a 16 byte message digest that can then be passed directly to
-BF_set_key().
-
-=====
-For more information about the specific Blowfish modes in this library
-(ecb, cbc, cfb and ofb), read the section entitled 'Modes of DES' from the
-documentation on my DES library. What is said about DES is directly
-applicable for Blowfish.
-
-
-==== bn.doc ========================================================
-
-The Big Number library.
-
-#include "bn.h" when using this library.
-
-This big number library was written for use in implementing the RSA and DH
-public key encryption algorithms. As such, features such as negative
-numbers have not been extensively tested but they should work as expected.
-This library uses dynamic memory allocation for storing its data structures
-and so there are no limit on the size of the numbers manipulated by these
-routines but there is always the requirement to check return codes from
-functions just in case a memory allocation error has occurred.
-
-The basic object in this library is a BIGNUM. It is used to hold a single
-large integer. This type should be considered opaque and fields should not
-be modified or accessed directly.
-typedef struct bignum_st
- {
- int top; /* Index of last used d. */
- BN_ULONG *d; /* Pointer to an array of 'BITS2' bit chunks. */
- int max; /* Size of the d array. */
- int neg;
- } BIGNUM;
-The big number is stored in a malloced array of BN_ULONG's. A BN_ULONG can
-be either 16, 32 or 64 bits in size, depending on the 'number of bits'
-specified in bn.h.
-The 'd' field is this array. 'max' is the size of the 'd' array that has
-been allocated. 'top' is the 'last' entry being used, so for a value of 4,
-bn.d[0]=4 and bn.top=1. 'neg' is 1 if the number is negative.
-When a BIGNUM is '0', the 'd' field can be NULL and top == 0.
-
-Various routines in this library require the use of 'temporary' BIGNUM
-variables during their execution. Due to the use of dynamic memory
-allocation to create BIGNUMs being rather expensive when used in
-conjunction with repeated subroutine calls, the BN_CTX structure is
-used. This structure contains BN_CTX BIGNUMs. BN_CTX
-is the maximum number of temporary BIGNUMs any publicly exported
-function will use.
-
-#define BN_CTX 12
-typedef struct bignum_ctx
- {
- int tos; /* top of stack */
- BIGNUM *bn[BN_CTX]; /* The variables */
- } BN_CTX;
-
-The functions that follow have been grouped according to function. Most
-arithmetic functions return a result in the first argument, sometimes this
-first argument can also be an input parameter, sometimes it cannot. These
-restrictions are documented.
-
-extern BIGNUM *BN_value_one;
-There is one variable defined by this library, a BIGNUM which contains the
-number 1. This variable is useful for use in comparisons and assignment.
-
-Get Size functions.
-
-int BN_num_bits(BIGNUM *a);
- This function returns the size of 'a' in bits.
-
-int BN_num_bytes(BIGNUM *a);
- This function (macro) returns the size of 'a' in bytes.
- For conversion of BIGNUMs to byte streams, this is the number of
- bytes the output string will occupy. If the output byte
- format specifies that the 'top' bit indicates if the number is
- signed, so an extra '0' byte is required if the top bit on a
- positive number is being written, it is upto the application to
- make this adjustment. Like I said at the start, I don't
- really support negative numbers :-).
-
-Creation/Destruction routines.
-
-BIGNUM *BN_new();
- Return a new BIGNUM object. The number initially has a value of 0. If
- there is an error, NULL is returned.
-
-void BN_free(BIGNUM *a);
- Free()s a BIGNUM.
-
-void BN_clear(BIGNUM *a);
- Sets 'a' to a value of 0 and also zeros all unused allocated
- memory. This function is used to clear a variable of 'sensitive'
- data that was held in it.
-
-void BN_clear_free(BIGNUM *a);
- This function zeros the memory used by 'a' and then free()'s it.
- This function should be used to BN_free() BIGNUMS that have held
- sensitive numeric values like RSA private key values. Both this
- function and BN_clear tend to only be used by RSA and DH routines.
-
-BN_CTX *BN_CTX_new(void);
- Returns a new BN_CTX. NULL on error.
-
-void BN_CTX_free(BN_CTX *c);
- Free a BN_CTX structure. The BIGNUMs in 'c' are BN_clear_free()ed.
-
-BIGNUM *bn_expand(BIGNUM *b, int bits);
- This is an internal function that should not normally be used. It
- ensures that 'b' has enough room for a 'bits' bit number. It is
- mostly used by the various BIGNUM routines. If there is an error,
- NULL is returned. if not, 'b' is returned.
-
-BIGNUM *BN_copy(BIGNUM *to, BIGNUM *from);
- The 'from' is copied into 'to'. NULL is returned if there is an
- error, otherwise 'to' is returned.
-
-BIGNUM *BN_dup(BIGNUM *a);
- A new BIGNUM is created and returned containing the value of 'a'.
- NULL is returned on error.
-
-Comparison and Test Functions.
-
-int BN_is_zero(BIGNUM *a)
- Return 1 if 'a' is zero, else 0.
-
-int BN_is_one(a)
- Return 1 is 'a' is one, else 0.
-
-int BN_is_word(a,w)
- Return 1 if 'a' == w, else 0. 'w' is a BN_ULONG.
-
-int BN_cmp(BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b);
- Return -1 if 'a' is less than 'b', 0 if 'a' and 'b' are the same
- and 1 is 'a' is greater than 'b'. This is a signed comparison.
-
-int BN_ucmp(BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b);
- This function is the same as BN_cmp except that the comparison
- ignores the sign of the numbers.
-
-Arithmetic Functions
-For all of these functions, 0 is returned if there is an error and 1 is
-returned for success. The return value should always be checked. eg.
-if (!BN_add(r,a,b)) goto err;
-Unless explicitly mentioned, the 'return' value can be one of the
-'parameters' to the function.
-
-int BN_add(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b);
- Add 'a' and 'b' and return the result in 'r'. This is r=a+b.
-
-int BN_sub(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b);
- Subtract 'a' from 'b' and put the result in 'r'. This is r=a-b.
-
-int BN_lshift(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, int n);
- Shift 'a' left by 'n' bits. This is r=a*(2^n).
-
-int BN_lshift1(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a);
- Shift 'a' left by 1 bit. This form is more efficient than
- BN_lshift(r,a,1). This is r=a*2.
-
-int BN_rshift(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, int n);
- Shift 'a' right by 'n' bits. This is r=int(a/(2^n)).
-
-int BN_rshift1(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a);
- Shift 'a' right by 1 bit. This form is more efficient than
- BN_rshift(r,a,1). This is r=int(a/2).
-
-int BN_mul(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b);
- Multiply a by b and return the result in 'r'. 'r' must not be
- either 'a' or 'b'. It has to be a different BIGNUM.
- This is r=a*b.
-
-int BN_sqr(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BN_CTX *ctx);
- Multiply a by a and return the result in 'r'. 'r' must not be
- 'a'. This function is a lot faster than BN_mul(r,a,a). This is r=a*a.
-
-int BN_div(BIGNUM *dv, BIGNUM *rem, BIGNUM *m, BIGNUM *d, BN_CTX *ctx);
- Divide 'm' by 'd' and return the result in 'dv' and the remainder
- in 'rem'. Either of 'dv' or 'rem' can be NULL in which case that
- value is not returned. 'ctx' needs to be passed as a source of
- temporary BIGNUM variables.
- This is dv=int(m/d), rem=m%d.
-
-int BN_mod(BIGNUM *rem, BIGNUM *m, BIGNUM *d, BN_CTX *ctx);
- Find the remainder of 'm' divided by 'd' and return it in 'rem'.
- 'ctx' holds the temporary BIGNUMs required by this function.
- This function is more efficient than BN_div(NULL,rem,m,d,ctx);
- This is rem=m%d.
-
-int BN_mod_mul(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b, BIGNUM *m,BN_CTX *ctx);
- Multiply 'a' by 'b' and return the remainder when divided by 'm'.
- 'ctx' holds the temporary BIGNUMs required by this function.
- This is r=(a*b)%m.
-
-int BN_mod_exp(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *m,BN_CTX *ctx);
- Raise 'a' to the 'p' power and return the remainder when divided by
- 'm'. 'ctx' holds the temporary BIGNUMs required by this function.
- This is r=(a^p)%m.
-
-int BN_reciprocal(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx);
- Return the reciprocal of 'm'. 'ctx' holds the temporary variables
- required. This function returns -1 on error, otherwise it returns
- the number of bits 'r' is shifted left to make 'r' into an integer.
- This number of bits shifted is required in BN_mod_mul_reciprocal().
- This is r=(1/m)<<(BN_num_bits(m)+1).
-
-int BN_mod_mul_reciprocal(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *x, BIGNUM *y, BIGNUM *m,
- BIGNUM *i, int nb, BN_CTX *ctx);
- This function is used to perform an efficient BN_mod_mul()
- operation. If one is going to repeatedly perform BN_mod_mul() with
- the same modulus is worth calculating the reciprocal of the modulus
- and then using this function. This operation uses the fact that
- a/b == a*r where r is the reciprocal of b. On modern computers
- multiplication is very fast and big number division is very slow.
- 'x' is multiplied by 'y' and then divided by 'm' and the remainder
- is returned. 'i' is the reciprocal of 'm' and 'nb' is the number
- of bits as returned from BN_reciprocal(). Normal usage is as follows.
- bn=BN_reciprocal(i,m);
- for (...)
- { BN_mod_mul_reciprocal(r,x,y,m,i,bn,ctx); }
- This is r=(x*y)%m. Internally it is approximately
- r=(x*y)-m*(x*y/m) or r=(x*y)-m*((x*y*i) >> bn)
- This function is used in BN_mod_exp() and BN_is_prime().
-
-Assignment Operations
-
-int BN_one(BIGNUM *a)
- Set 'a' to hold the value one.
- This is a=1.
-
-int BN_zero(BIGNUM *a)
- Set 'a' to hold the value zero.
- This is a=0.
-
-int BN_set_word(BIGNUM *a, unsigned long w);
- Set 'a' to hold the value of 'w'. 'w' is an unsigned long.
- This is a=w.
-
-unsigned long BN_get_word(BIGNUM *a);
- Returns 'a' in an unsigned long. Not remarkably, often 'a' will
- be bigger than a word, in which case 0xffffffffL is returned.
-
-Word Operations
-These functions are much more efficient that the normal bignum arithmetic
-operations.
-
-BN_ULONG BN_mod_word(BIGNUM *a, unsigned long w);
- Return the remainder of 'a' divided by 'w'.
- This is return(a%w).
-
-int BN_add_word(BIGNUM *a, unsigned long w);
- Add 'w' to 'a'. This function does not take the sign of 'a' into
- account. This is a+=w;
-
-Bit operations.
-
-int BN_is_bit_set(BIGNUM *a, int n);
- This function return 1 if bit 'n' is set in 'a' else 0.
-
-int BN_set_bit(BIGNUM *a, int n);
- This function sets bit 'n' to 1 in 'a'.
- This is a&= ~(1<<n);
-
-int BN_clear_bit(BIGNUM *a, int n);
- This function sets bit 'n' to zero in 'a'. Return 0 if less
- than 'n' bits in 'a' else 1. This is a&= ~(1<<n);
-
-int BN_mask_bits(BIGNUM *a, int n);
- Truncate 'a' to n bits long. This is a&= ~((~0)<<n)
-
-Format conversion routines.
-
-BIGNUM *BN_bin2bn(unsigned char *s, int len,BIGNUM *ret);
- This function converts 'len' bytes in 's' into a BIGNUM which
- is put in 'ret'. If ret is NULL, a new BIGNUM is created.
- Either this new BIGNUM or ret is returned. The number is
- assumed to be in bigendian form in 's'. By this I mean that
- to 'ret' is created as follows for 'len' == 5.
- ret = s[0]*2^32 + s[1]*2^24 + s[2]*2^16 + s[3]*2^8 + s[4];
- This function cannot be used to convert negative numbers. It
- is always assumed the number is positive. The application
- needs to diddle the 'neg' field of th BIGNUM its self.
- The better solution would be to save the numbers in ASN.1 format
- since this is a defined standard for storing big numbers.
- Look at the functions
-
- ASN1_INTEGER *BN_to_ASN1_INTEGER(BIGNUM *bn, ASN1_INTEGER *ai);
- BIGNUM *ASN1_INTEGER_to_BN(ASN1_INTEGER *ai,BIGNUM *bn);
- int i2d_ASN1_INTEGER(ASN1_INTEGER *a,unsigned char **pp);
- ASN1_INTEGER *d2i_ASN1_INTEGER(ASN1_INTEGER **a,unsigned char **pp,
- long length;
-
-int BN_bn2bin(BIGNUM *a, unsigned char *to);
- This function converts 'a' to a byte string which is put into
- 'to'. The representation is big-endian in that the most
- significant byte of 'a' is put into to[0]. This function
- returns the number of bytes used to hold 'a'. BN_num_bytes(a)
- would return the same value and can be used to determine how
- large 'to' needs to be. If the number is negative, this
- information is lost. Since this library was written to
- manipulate large positive integers, the inability to save and
- restore them is not considered to be a problem by me :-).
- As for BN_bin2bn(), look at the ASN.1 integer encoding funtions
- for SSLeay. They use BN_bin2bn() and BN_bn2bin() internally.
-
-char *BN_bn2ascii(BIGNUM *a);
- This function returns a malloc()ed string that contains the
- ascii hexadecimal encoding of 'a'. The number is in bigendian
- format with a '-' in front if the number is negative.
-
-int BN_ascii2bn(BIGNUM **bn, char *a);
- The inverse of BN_bn2ascii. The function returns the number of
- characters from 'a' were processed in generating a the bignum.
- error is inticated by 0 being returned. The number is a
- hex digit string, optionally with a leading '-'. If *bn
- is null, a BIGNUM is created and returned via that variable.
-
-int BN_print_fp(FILE *fp, BIGNUM *a);
- 'a' is printed to file pointer 'fp'. It is in the same format
- that is output from BN_bn2ascii(). 0 is returned on error,
- 1 if things are ok.
-
-int BN_print(BIO *bp, BIGNUM *a);
- Same as BN_print except that the output is done to the SSLeay libraries
- BIO routines. BN_print_fp() actually calls this function.
-
-Miscellaneous Routines.
-
-int BN_rand(BIGNUM *rnd, int bits, int top, int bottom);
- This function returns in 'rnd' a random BIGNUM that is bits
- long. If bottom is 1, the number returned is odd. If top is set,
- the top 2 bits of the number are set. This is useful because if
- this is set, 2 'n; bit numbers multiplied together will return a 2n
- bit number. If top was not set, they could produce a 2n-1 bit
- number.
-
-BIGNUM *BN_mod_inverse(BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *n,BN_CTX *ctx);
- This function create a new BIGNUM and returns it. This number
- is the inverse mod 'n' of 'a'. By this it is meant that the
- returned value 'r' satisfies (a*r)%n == 1. This function is
- used in the generation of RSA keys. 'ctx', as per usual,
- is used to hold temporary variables that are required by the
- function. NULL is returned on error.
-
-int BN_gcd(BIGNUM *r,BIGNUM *a,BIGNUM *b,BN_CTX *ctx);
- 'r' has the greatest common divisor of 'a' and 'b'. 'ctx' is
- used for temporary variables and 0 is returned on error.
-
-int BN_is_prime(BIGNUM *p,int nchecks,void (*callback)(),BN_CTX *ctx,
- char *cb_arg);
- This function is used to check if a BIGNUM ('p') is prime.
- It performs this test by using the Miller-Rabin randomised
- primality test. This is a probalistic test that requires a
- number of rounds to ensure the number is prime to a high
- degree of probability. Since this can take quite some time, a
- callback function can be passed and it will be called each
- time 'p' passes a round of the prime testing. 'callback' will
- be called as follows, callback(1,n,cb_arg) where n is the number of
- the round, just passed. As per usual 'ctx' contains temporary
- variables used. If ctx is NULL, it does not matter, a local version
- will be malloced. This parameter is present to save some mallocing
- inside the function but probably could be removed.
- 0 is returned on error.
- 'ncheck' is the number of Miller-Rabin tests to run. It is
- suggested to use the value 'BN_prime_checks' by default.
-
-BIGNUM *BN_generate_prime(
-int bits,
-int strong,
-BIGNUM *a,
-BIGNUM *rems,
-void (*callback)());
-char *cb_arg
- This function is used to generate prime numbers. It returns a
- new BIGNUM that has a high probability of being a prime.
- 'bits' is the number of bits that
- are to be in the prime. If 'strong' is true, the returned prime
- will also be a strong prime ((p-1)/2 is also prime).
- While searching for the prime ('p'), we
- can add the requirement that the prime fill the following
- condition p%a == rem. This can be used to help search for
- primes with specific features, which is required when looking
- for primes suitable for use with certain 'g' values in the
- Diffie-Hellman key exchange algorithm. If 'a' is NULL,
- this condition is not checked. If rem is NULL, rem is assumed
- to be 1. Since this search for a prime
- can take quite some time, if callback is not NULL, it is called
- in the following situations.
- We have a suspected prime (from a quick sieve),
- callback(0,sus_prime++,cb_arg). Each item to be passed to BN_is_prime().
- callback(1,round++,cb_arg). Each successful 'round' in BN_is_prime().
- callback(2,round,cb_arg). For each successful BN_is_prime() test.
-
-Hints
------
-
-DSA wants 64*32 to use word mont mul, but RSA wants to use full.
-
-==== callback.doc ========================================================
-
-Callback functions used in SSLeay.
-
---------------------------
-The BIO library.
-
-Each BIO structure can have a callback defined against it. This callback is
-called 2 times for each BIO 'function'. It is passed 6 parameters.
-BIO_debug_callback() is an example callback which is defined in
-crypto/buffer/bio_cb.c and is used in apps/dgst.c This is intended mostly
-for debuging or to notify the application of IO.
-
-long BIO_debug_callback(BIO *bio,int cmd,char *argp,int argi,long argl,
- long ret);
-bio is the BIO being called, cmd is the type of BIO function being called.
-Look at the BIO_CB_* defines in buffer.h. Argp and argi are the arguments
-passed to BIO_read(), BIO_write, BIO_gets(), BIO_puts(). In the case of
-BIO_ctrl(), argl is also defined. The first time the callback is called,
-before the underlying function has been executed, 0 is passed as 'ret', and
-if the return code from the callback is not > 0, the call is aborted
-and the returned <= 0 value is returned.
-The second time the callback is called, the 'cmd' value also has
-BIO_CB_RETURN logically 'or'ed with it. The 'ret' value is the value returned
-from the actuall function call and whatever the callback returns is returned
-from the BIO function.
-
-BIO_set_callback(b,cb) can be used to set the callback function
-(b is a BIO), and BIO_set_callback_arg(b,arg) can be used to
-set the cb_arg argument in the BIO strucutre. This field is only intended
-to be used by application, primarily in the callback function since it is
-accessable since the BIO is passed.
-
---------------------------
-The PEM library.
-
-The pem library only really uses one type of callback,
-static int def_callback(char *buf, int num, int verify);
-which is used to return a password string if required.
-'buf' is the buffer to put the string in. 'num' is the size of 'buf'
-and 'verify' is used to indicate that the password should be checked.
-This last flag is mostly used when reading a password for encryption.
-
-For all of these functions, a NULL callback will call the above mentioned
-default callback. This default function does not work under Windows 3.1.
-For other machines, it will use an application defined prompt string
-(EVP_set_pw_prompt(), which defines a library wide prompt string)
-if defined, otherwise it will use it's own PEM password prompt.
-It will then call EVP_read_pw_string() to get a password from the console.
-If your application wishes to use nice fancy windows to retrieve passwords,
-replace this function. The callback should return the number of bytes read
-into 'buf'. If the number of bytes <= 0, it is considered an error.
-
-Functions that take this callback are listed below. For the 'read' type
-functions, the callback will only be required if the PEM data is encrypted.
-
-For the Write functions, normally a password can be passed in 'kstr', of
-'klen' bytes which will be used if the 'enc' cipher is not NULL. If
-'kstr' is NULL, the callback will be used to retrieve a password.
-
-int PEM_do_header (EVP_CIPHER_INFO *cipher, unsigned char *data,long *len,
- int (*callback)());
-char *PEM_ASN1_read_bio(char *(*d2i)(),char *name,BIO *bp,char **x,int (*cb)());
-char *PEM_ASN1_read(char *(*d2i)(),char *name,FILE *fp,char **x,int (*cb)());
-int PEM_ASN1_write_bio(int (*i2d)(),char *name,BIO *bp,char *x,
- EVP_CIPHER *enc,unsigned char *kstr,int klen,int (*callback)());
-int PEM_ASN1_write(int (*i2d)(),char *name,FILE *fp,char *x,
- EVP_CIPHER *enc,unsigned char *kstr,int klen,int (*callback)());
-STACK *PEM_X509_INFO_read(FILE *fp, STACK *sk, int (*cb)());
-STACK *PEM_X509_INFO_read_bio(BIO *fp, STACK *sk, int (*cb)());
-
-#define PEM_write_RSAPrivateKey(fp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb)
-#define PEM_write_DSAPrivateKey(fp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb)
-#define PEM_write_bio_RSAPrivateKey(bp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb)
-#define PEM_write_bio_DSAPrivateKey(bp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb)
-#define PEM_read_SSL_SESSION(fp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_X509(fp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_X509_REQ(fp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_X509_CRL(fp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_RSAPrivateKey(fp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_DSAPrivateKey(fp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_PrivateKey(fp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_PKCS7(fp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_DHparams(fp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_bio_SSL_SESSION(bp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_bio_X509(bp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_bio_X509_REQ(bp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_bio_X509_CRL(bp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_bio_RSAPrivateKey(bp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_bio_DSAPrivateKey(bp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_bio_PrivateKey(bp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_bio_PKCS7(bp,x,cb)
-#define PEM_read_bio_DHparams(bp,x,cb)
-int i2d_Netscape_RSA(RSA *a, unsigned char **pp, int (*cb)());
-RSA *d2i_Netscape_RSA(RSA **a, unsigned char **pp, long length, int (*cb)());
-
-Now you will notice that macros like
-#define PEM_write_X509(fp,x) \
- PEM_ASN1_write((int (*)())i2d_X509,PEM_STRING_X509,fp, \
- (char *)x, NULL,NULL,0,NULL)
-Don't do encryption normally. If you want to PEM encrypt your X509 structure,
-either just call PEM_ASN1_write directly or just define your own
-macro variant. As you can see, this macro just sets all encryption related
-parameters to NULL.
-
-
---------------------------
-The SSL library.
-
-#define SSL_set_info_callback(ssl,cb)
-#define SSL_CTX_set_info_callback(ctx,cb)
-void callback(SSL *ssl,int location,int ret)
-This callback is called each time around the SSL_connect()/SSL_accept()
-state machine. So it will be called each time the SSL protocol progresses.
-It is mostly present for use when debugging. When SSL_connect() or
-SSL_accept() return, the location flag is SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT or
-SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT and 'ret' is the value about to be returned.
-Have a look at the SSL_CB_* defines in ssl.h. If an info callback is defined
-against the SSL_CTX, it is called unless there is one set against the SSL.
-Have a look at
-void client_info_callback() in apps/s_client() for an example.
-
-Certificate verification.
-void SSL_set_verify(SSL *s, int mode, int (*callback) ());
-void SSL_CTX_set_verify(SSL_CTX *ctx,int mode,int (*callback)());
-This callback is used to help verify client and server X509 certificates.
-It is actually passed to X509_cert_verify(), along with the SSL structure
-so you have to read about X509_cert_verify() :-). The SSL_CTX version is used
-if the SSL version is not defined. X509_cert_verify() is the function used
-by the SSL part of the library to verify certificates. This function is
-nearly always defined by the application.
-
-void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(),char *arg);
-int callback(char *arg,SSL *s,X509 *xs,STACK *cert_chain);
-This call is used to replace the SSLeay certificate verification code.
-The 'arg' is kept in the SSL_CTX and is passed to the callback.
-If the callback returns 0, the certificate is rejected, otherwise it
-is accepted. The callback is replacing the X509_cert_verify() call.
-This feature is not often used, but if you wished to implement
-some totally different certificate authentication system, this 'hook' is
-vital.
-
-SSLeay keeps a cache of session-ids against each SSL_CTX. These callbacks can
-be used to notify the application when a SSL_SESSION is added to the cache
-or to retrieve a SSL_SESSION that is not in the cache from the application.
-#define SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb(ctx,cb)
-SSL_SESSION *callback(SSL *s,char *session_id,int session_id_len,int *copy);
-If defined, this callback is called to return the SESSION_ID for the
-session-id in 'session_id', of 'session_id_len' bytes. 'copy' is set to 1
-if the server is to 'take a copy' of the SSL_SESSION structure. It is 0
-if the SSL_SESSION is being 'passed in' so the SSLeay library is now
-responsible for 'free()ing' the structure. Basically it is used to indicate
-if the reference count on the SSL_SESSION structure needs to be incremented.
-
-#define SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb(ctx,cb)
-int callback(SSL *s, SSL_SESSION *sess);
-When a new connection is established, if the SSL_SESSION is going to be added
-to the cache, this callback is called. Return 1 if a 'copy' is required,
-otherwise, return 0. This return value just causes the reference count
-to be incremented (on return of a 1), this means the application does
-not need to worry about incrementing the refernece count (and the
-locking that implies in a multi-threaded application).
-
-void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,int (*cb)());
-This sets the SSL password reading function.
-It is mostly used for windowing applications
-and used by PEM_read_bio_X509() and PEM_read_bio_RSAPrivateKey()
-calls inside the SSL library. The only reason this is present is because the
-calls to PEM_* functions is hidden in the SSLeay library so you have to
-pass in the callback some how.
-
-#define SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb(ctx,cb)
-int callback(SSL *s,X509 **x509, EVP_PKEY **pkey);
-Called when a client certificate is requested but there is not one set
-against the SSL_CTX or the SSL. If the callback returns 1, x509 and
-pkey need to point to valid data. The library will free these when
-required so if the application wants to keep these around, increment
-their reference counts. If 0 is returned, no client cert is
-available. If -1 is returned, it is assumed that the callback needs
-to be called again at a later point in time. SSL_connect will return
--1 and SSL_want_x509_lookup(ssl) returns true. Remember that
-application data can be attached to an SSL structure via the
-SSL_set_app_data(SSL *ssl,char *data) call.
-
---------------------------
-The X509 library.
-
-int X509_cert_verify(CERTIFICATE_CTX *ctx,X509 *xs, int (*cb)(),
- int *error,char *arg,STACK *cert_chain);
-int verify_callback(int ok,X509 *xs,X509 *xi,int depth,int error,char *arg,
- STACK *cert_chain);
-
-X509_cert_verify() is used to authenticate X509 certificates. The 'ctx' holds
-the details of the various caches and files used to locate certificates.
-'xs' is the certificate to verify and 'cb' is the application callback (more
-detail later). 'error' will be set to the error code and 'arg' is passed
-to the 'cb' callback. Look at the VERIFY_* defines in crypto/x509/x509.h
-
-When ever X509_cert_verify() makes a 'negative' decision about a
-certitificate, the callback is called. If everything checks out, the
-callback is called with 'VERIFY_OK' or 'VERIFY_ROOT_OK' (for a self
-signed cert that is not the passed certificate).
-
-The callback is passed the X509_cert_verify opinion of the certificate
-in 'ok', the certificate in 'xs', the issuer certificate in 'xi',
-the 'depth' of the certificate in the verification 'chain', the
-VERIFY_* code in 'error' and the argument passed to X509_cert_verify()
-in 'arg'. cert_chain is a list of extra certs to use if they are not
-in the cache.
-
-The callback can be used to look at the error reason, and then return 0
-for an 'error' or '1' for ok. This will override the X509_cert_verify()
-opinion of the certificates validity. Processing will continue depending on
-the return value. If one just wishes to use the callback for informational
-reason, just return the 'ok' parameter.
-
---------------------------
-The BN and DH library.
-
-BIGNUM *BN_generate_prime(int bits,int strong,BIGNUM *add,
- BIGNUM *rem,void (*callback)(int,int));
-int BN_is_prime(BIGNUM *p,int nchecks,void (*callback)(int,int),
-
-Read doc/bn.doc for the description of these 2.
-
-DH *DH_generate_parameters(int prime_len,int generator,
- void (*callback)(int,int));
-Read doc/bn.doc for the description of the callback, since it is just passed
-to BN_generate_prime(), except that it is also called as
-callback(3,0) by this function.
-
---------------------------
-The CRYPTO library.
-
-void CRYPTO_set_locking_callback(void (*func)(int mode,int type,char *file,
- int line));
-void CRYPTO_set_add_lock_callback(int (*func)(int *num,int mount,
- int type,char *file, int line));
-void CRYPTO_set_id_callback(unsigned long (*func)(void));
-
-Read threads.doc for info on these ones.
-
-
-==== cipher.doc ========================================================
-
-The Cipher subroutines.
-
-These routines require "evp.h" to be included.
-
-These functions are a higher level interface to the various cipher
-routines found in this library. As such, they allow the same code to be
-used to encrypt and decrypt via different ciphers with only a change
-in an initial parameter. These routines also provide buffering for block
-ciphers.
-
-These routines all take a pointer to the following structure to specify
-which cipher to use. If you wish to use a new cipher with these routines,
-you would probably be best off looking an how an existing cipher is
-implemented and copying it. At this point in time, I'm not going to go
-into many details. This structure should be considered opaque
-
-typedef struct pem_cipher_st
- {
- int type;
- int block_size;
- int key_len;
- int iv_len;
- void (*enc_init)(); /* init for encryption */
- void (*dec_init)(); /* init for decryption */
- void (*do_cipher)(); /* encrypt data */
- } EVP_CIPHER;
-
-The type field is the object NID of the cipher type
-(read the section on Objects for an explanation of what a NID is).
-The cipher block_size is how many bytes need to be passed
-to the cipher at a time. Key_len is the
-length of the key the cipher requires and iv_len is the length of the
-initialisation vector required. enc_init is the function
-called to initialise the ciphers context for encryption and dec_init is the
-function to initialise for decryption (they need to be different, especially
-for the IDEA cipher).
-
-One reason for specifying the Cipher via a pointer to a structure
-is that if you only use des-cbc, only the des-cbc routines will
-be included when you link the program. If you passed an integer
-that specified which cipher to use, the routine that mapped that
-integer to a set of cipher functions would cause all the ciphers
-to be link into the code. This setup also allows new ciphers
-to be added by the application (with some restrictions).
-
-The thirteen ciphers currently defined in this library are
-
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ecb(); /* DES in ecb mode, iv=0, block=8, key= 8 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede(); /* DES in ecb ede mode, iv=0, block=8, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3(); /* DES in ecb ede mode, iv=0, block=8, key=24 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cfb(); /* DES in cfb mode, iv=8, block=1, key= 8 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_cfb(); /* DES in ede cfb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cfb();/* DES in ede cfb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=24 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ofb(); /* DES in ofb mode, iv=8, block=1, key= 8 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_ofb(); /* DES in ede ofb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_ofb();/* DES in ede ofb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=24 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cbc(); /* DES in cbc mode, iv=8, block=8, key= 8 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_cbc(); /* DES in cbc ede mode, iv=8, block=8, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cbc();/* DES in cbc ede mode, iv=8, block=8, key=24 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_desx_cbc(); /* DES in desx cbc mode,iv=8, block=8, key=24 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc4(); /* RC4, iv=0, block=1, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_ecb(); /* IDEA in ecb mode, iv=0, block=8, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_cfb(); /* IDEA in cfb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_ofb(); /* IDEA in ofb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_cbc(); /* IDEA in cbc mode, iv=8, block=8, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_ecb(); /* RC2 in ecb mode, iv=0, block=8, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_cfb(); /* RC2 in cfb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_ofb(); /* RC2 in ofb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_cbc(); /* RC2 in cbc mode, iv=8, block=8, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_ecb(); /* Blowfish in ecb mode,iv=0, block=8, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_cfb(); /* Blowfish in cfb mode,iv=8, block=1, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_ofb(); /* Blowfish in ofb mode,iv=8, block=1, key=16 */
-EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_cbc(); /* Blowfish in cbc mode,iv=8, block=8, key=16 */
-
-The meaning of the compound names is as follows.
-des The base cipher is DES.
-idea The base cipher is IDEA
-rc4 The base cipher is RC4-128
-rc2 The base cipher is RC2-128
-ecb Electronic Code Book form of the cipher.
-cbc Cipher Block Chaining form of the cipher.
-cfb 64 bit Cipher Feedback form of the cipher.
-ofb 64 bit Output Feedback form of the cipher.
-ede The cipher is used in Encrypt, Decrypt, Encrypt mode. The first
- and last keys are the same.
-ede3 The cipher is used in Encrypt, Decrypt, Encrypt mode.
-
-All the Cipher routines take a EVP_CIPHER_CTX pointer as an argument.
-The state of the cipher is kept in this structure.
-
-typedef struct EVP_CIPHER_Ctx_st
- {
- EVP_CIPHER *cipher;
- int encrypt; /* encrypt or decrypt */
- int buf_len; /* number we have left */
- unsigned char buf[8];
- union {
- .... /* cipher specific stuff */
- } c;
- } EVP_CIPHER_CTX;
-
-Cipher is a pointer the the EVP_CIPHER for the current context. The encrypt
-flag indicates encryption or decryption. buf_len is the number of bytes
-currently being held in buf.
-The 'c' union holds the cipher specify context.
-
-The following functions are to be used.
-
-int EVP_read_pw_string(
-char *buf,
-int len,
-char *prompt,
-int verify,
- This function is the same as des_read_pw_string() (des.doc).
-
-void EVP_set_pw_prompt(char *prompt);
- This function sets the 'default' prompt to use to use in
- EVP_read_pw_string when the prompt parameter is NULL. If the
- prompt parameter is NULL, this 'default prompt' feature is turned
- off. Be warned, this is a global variable so weird things
- will happen if it is used under Win16 and care must be taken
- with a multi-threaded version of the library.
-
-char *EVP_get_pw_prompt();
- This returns a pointer to the default prompt string. NULL
- if it is not set.
-
-int EVP_BytesToKey(
-EVP_CIPHER *type,
-EVP_MD *md,
-unsigned char *salt,
-unsigned char *data,
-int datal,
-int count,
-unsigned char *key,
-unsigned char *iv);
- This function is used to generate a key and an initialisation vector
- for a specified cipher from a key string and a salt. Type
- specifies the cipher the 'key' is being generated for. Md is the
- message digest algorithm to use to generate the key and iv. The salt
- is an optional 8 byte object that is used to help seed the key
- generator.
- If the salt value is NULL, it is just not used. Datal is the
- number of bytes to use from 'data' in the key generation.
- This function returns the key size for the specified cipher, if
- data is NULL, this value is returns and no other
- computation is performed. Count is
- the number of times to loop around the key generator. I would
- suggest leaving it's value as 1. Key and iv are the structures to
- place the returning iv and key in. If they are NULL, no value is
- generated for that particular value.
- The algorithm used is as follows
-
- /* M[] is an array of message digests
- * MD() is the message digest function */
- M[0]=MD(data . salt);
- for (i=1; i<count; i++) M[0]=MD(M[0]);
-
- i=1
- while (data still needed for key and iv)
- {
- M[i]=MD(M[i-1] . data . salt);
- for (i=1; i<count; i++) M[i]=MD(M[i]);
- i++;
- }
-
- If the salt is NULL, it is not used.
- The digests are concatenated together.
- M = M[0] . M[1] . M[2] .......
-
- For key= 8, iv=8 => key=M[0.. 8], iv=M[ 9 .. 16].
- For key=16, iv=0 => key=M[0..16].
- For key=16, iv=8 => key=M[0..16], iv=M[17 .. 24].
- For key=24, iv=8 => key=M[0..24], iv=M[25 .. 32].
-
- This routine will produce DES-CBC keys and iv that are compatible
- with the PKCS-5 standard when md2 or md5 are used. If md5 is
- used, the salt is NULL and count is 1, this routine will produce
- the password to key mapping normally used with RC4.
- I have attempted to logically extend the PKCS-5 standard to
- generate keys and iv for ciphers that require more than 16 bytes,
- if anyone knows what the correct standard is, please inform me.
- When using sha or sha1, things are a bit different under this scheme,
- since sha produces a 20 byte digest. So for ciphers requiring
- 24 bits of data, 20 will come from the first MD and 4 will
- come from the second.
-
- I have considered having a separate function so this 'routine'
- can be used without the requirement of passing a EVP_CIPHER *,
- but I have decided to not bother. If you wish to use the
- function without official EVP_CIPHER structures, just declare
- a local one and set the key_len and iv_len fields to the
- length you desire.
-
-The following routines perform encryption and decryption 'by parts'. By
-this I mean that there are groups of 3 routines. An Init function that is
-used to specify a cipher and initialise data structures. An Update routine
-that does encryption/decryption, one 'chunk' at a time. And finally a
-'Final' function that finishes the encryption/decryption process.
-All these functions take a EVP_CIPHER pointer to specify which cipher to
-encrypt/decrypt with. They also take a EVP_CIPHER_CTX object as an
-argument. This structure is used to hold the state information associated
-with the operation in progress.
-
-void EVP_EncryptInit(
-EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,
-EVP_CIPHER *type,
-unsigned char *key,
-unsigned char *iv);
- This function initialise a EVP_CIPHER_CTX for encryption using the
- cipher passed in the 'type' field. The cipher is initialised to use
- 'key' as the key and 'iv' for the initialisation vector (if one is
- required). If the type, key or iv is NULL, the value currently in the
- EVP_CIPHER_CTX is reused. So to perform several decrypt
- using the same cipher, key and iv, initialise with the cipher,
- key and iv the first time and then for subsequent calls,
- reuse 'ctx' but pass NULL for type, key and iv. You must make sure
- to pass a key that is large enough for a particular cipher. I
- would suggest using the EVP_BytesToKey() function.
-
-void EVP_EncryptUpdate(
-EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,
-unsigned char *out,
-int *outl,
-unsigned char *in,
-int inl);
- This function takes 'inl' bytes from 'in' and outputs bytes
- encrypted by the cipher 'ctx' was initialised with into 'out'. The
- number of bytes written to 'out' is put into outl. If a particular
- cipher encrypts in blocks, less or more bytes than input may be
- output. Currently the largest block size used by supported ciphers
- is 8 bytes, so 'out' should have room for 'inl+7' bytes. Normally
- EVP_EncryptInit() is called once, followed by lots and lots of
- calls to EVP_EncryptUpdate, followed by a single EVP_EncryptFinal
- call.
-
-void EVP_EncryptFinal(
-EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,
-unsigned char *out,
-int *outl);
- Because quite a large number of ciphers are block ciphers, there is
- often an incomplete block to write out at the end of the
- encryption. EVP_EncryptFinal() performs processing on this last
- block. The last block in encoded in such a way that it is possible
- to determine how many bytes in the last block are valid. For 8 byte
- block size ciphers, if only 5 bytes in the last block are valid, the
- last three bytes will be filled with the value 3. If only 2 were
- valid, the other 6 would be filled with sixes. If all 8 bytes are
- valid, a extra 8 bytes are appended to the cipher stream containing
- nothing but 8 eights. These last bytes are output into 'out' and
- the number of bytes written is put into 'outl' These last bytes
- are output into 'out' and the number of bytes written is put into
- 'outl'. This form of block cipher finalisation is compatible with
- PKCS-5. Please remember that even if you are using ciphers like
- RC4 that has no blocking and so the function will not write
- anything into 'out', it would still be a good idea to pass a
- variable for 'out' that can hold 8 bytes just in case the cipher is
- changed some time in the future. It should also be remembered
- that the EVP_CIPHER_CTX contains the password and so when one has
- finished encryption with a particular EVP_CIPHER_CTX, it is good
- practice to zero the structure
- (ie. memset(ctx,0,sizeof(EVP_CIPHER_CTX)).
-
-void EVP_DecryptInit(
-EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,
-EVP_CIPHER *type,
-unsigned char *key,
-unsigned char *iv);
- This function is basically the same as EVP_EncryptInit() accept that
- is prepares the EVP_CIPHER_CTX for decryption.
-
-void EVP_DecryptUpdate(
-EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,
-unsigned char *out,
-int *outl,
-unsigned char *in,
-int inl);
- This function is basically the same as EVP_EncryptUpdate()
- except that it performs decryption. There is one
- fundamental difference though. 'out' can not be the same as
- 'in' for any ciphers with a block size greater than 1 if more
- than one call to EVP_DecryptUpdate() will be made. This
- is because this routine can hold a 'partial' block between
- calls. When a partial block is decrypted (due to more bytes
- being passed via this function, they will be written to 'out'
- overwriting the input bytes in 'in' that have not been read
- yet. From this it should also be noted that 'out' should
- be at least one 'block size' larger than 'inl'. This problem
- only occurs on the second and subsequent call to
- EVP_DecryptUpdate() when using a block cipher.
-
-int EVP_DecryptFinal(
-EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,
-unsigned char *out,
-int *outl);
- This function is different to EVP_EncryptFinal in that it 'removes'
- any padding bytes appended when the data was encrypted. Due to the
- way in which 1 to 8 bytes may have been appended when encryption
- using a block cipher, 'out' can end up with 0 to 7 bytes being put
- into it. When decoding the padding bytes, it is possible to detect
- an incorrect decryption. If the decryption appears to be wrong, 0
- is returned. If everything seems ok, 1 is returned. For ciphers
- with a block size of 1 (RC4), this function would normally not
- return any bytes and would always return 1. Just because this
- function returns 1 does not mean the decryption was correct. It
- would normally be wrong due to either the wrong key/iv or
- corruption of the cipher data fed to EVP_DecryptUpdate().
- As for EVP_EncryptFinal, it is a good idea to zero the
- EVP_CIPHER_CTX after use since the structure contains the key used
- to decrypt the data.
-
-The following Cipher routines are convenience routines that call either
-EVP_EncryptXxx or EVP_DecryptXxx depending on weather the EVP_CIPHER_CTX
-was setup to encrypt or decrypt.
-
-void EVP_CipherInit(
-EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,
-EVP_CIPHER *type,
-unsigned char *key,
-unsigned char *iv,
-int enc);
- This function take arguments that are the same as EVP_EncryptInit()
- and EVP_DecryptInit() except for the extra 'enc' flag. If 1, the
- EVP_CIPHER_CTX is setup for encryption, if 0, decryption.
-
-void EVP_CipherUpdate(
-EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,
-unsigned char *out,
-int *outl,
-unsigned char *in,
-int inl);
- Again this function calls either EVP_EncryptUpdate() or
- EVP_DecryptUpdate() depending on state in the 'ctx' structure.
- As noted for EVP_DecryptUpdate(), when this routine is used
- for decryption with block ciphers, 'out' should not be the
- same as 'in'.
-
-int EVP_CipherFinal(
-EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,
-unsigned char *outm,
-int *outl);
- This routine call EVP_EncryptFinal() or EVP_DecryptFinal()
- depending on the state information in 'ctx'. 1 is always returned
- if the mode is encryption, otherwise the return value is the return
- value of EVP_DecryptFinal().
-
-==== cipher.m ========================================================
-
-Date: Tue, 15 Oct 1996 08:16:14 +1000 (EST)
-From: Eric Young <eay at mincom.com>
-X-Sender: eay at orb
-To: Roland Haring <rharing at tandem.cl>
-Cc: ssl-users at mincom.com
-Subject: Re: Symmetric encryption with ssleay
-In-Reply-To: <m0vBpyq-00001aC at tandemnet.tandem.cl>
-Message-Id: <Pine.SOL.3.91.961015075623.11394A-100000 at orb>
-Mime-Version: 1.0
-Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII
-Sender: ssl-lists-owner at mincom.com
-Precedence: bulk
-Status: RO
-X-Status:
-
-On Fri, 11 Oct 1996, Roland Haring wrote:
-> THE_POINT:
-> Would somebody be so kind to give me the minimum basic
-> calls I need to do to libcrypto.a to get some text encrypted
-> and decrypted again? ...hopefully with code included to do
-> base64 encryption and decryption ... e.g. that sign-it.c code
-> posted some while ago was a big help :-) (please, do not point
-> me to apps/enc.c where I suspect my Heissenbug to be hidden :-)
-
-Ok, the base64 encoding stuff in 'enc.c' does the wrong thing sometimes
-when the data is less than a line long (this is for decoding). I'll dig
-up the exact fix today and post it. I am taking longer on 0.6.5 than I
-intended so I'll just post this patch.
-
-The documentation to read is in
-doc/cipher.doc,
-doc/encode.doc (very sparse :-).
-and perhaps
-doc/digest.doc,
-
-The basic calls to encrypt with say triple DES are
-
-Given
-char key[EVP_MAX_KEY_LENGTH];
-char iv[EVP_MAX_IV_LENGTH];
-EVP_CIPHER_CTX ctx;
-unsigned char out[512+8];
-int outl;
-
-/* optional generation of key/iv data from text password using md5
- * via an upward compatable verson of PKCS#5. */
-EVP_BytesToKey(EVP_des_ede3_cbc,EVP_md5,NULL,passwd,strlen(passwd),
- key,iv);
-
-/* Initalise the EVP_CIPHER_CTX */
-EVP_EncryptInit(ctx,EVP_des_ede3_cbc,key,iv);
-
-while (....)
- {
- /* This is processing 512 bytes at a time, the bytes are being
- * copied into 'out', outl bytes are output. 'out' should not be the
- * same as 'in' for reasons mentioned in the documentation. */
- EVP_EncryptUpdate(ctx,out,&outl,in,512);
- }
-
-/* Output the last 'block'. If the cipher is a block cipher, the last
- * block is encoded in such a way so that a wrong decryption will normally be
- * detected - again, one of the PKCS standards. */
-
-EVP_EncryptFinal(ctx,out,&outl);
-
-To decrypt, use the EVP_DecryptXXXXX functions except that EVP_DecryptFinal()
-will return 0 if the decryption fails (only detectable on block ciphers).
-
-You can also use
-EVP_CipherInit()
-EVP_CipherUpdate()
-EVP_CipherFinal()
-which does either encryption or decryption depending on an extra
-parameter to EVP_CipherInit().
-
-
-To do the base64 encoding,
-EVP_EncodeInit()
-EVP_EncodeUpdate()
-EVP_EncodeFinal()
-
-EVP_DecodeInit()
-EVP_DecodeUpdate()
-EVP_DecodeFinal()
-
-where the encoding is quite simple, but the decoding can be a bit more
-fun (due to dud input).
-
-EVP_DecodeUpdate() returns -1 for an error on an input line, 0 if the
-'last line' was just processed, and 1 if more lines should be submitted.
-
-EVP_DecodeFinal() returns -1 for an error or 1 if things are ok.
-
-So the loop becomes
-EVP_DecodeInit(....)
-for (;;)
- {
- i=EVP_DecodeUpdate(....);
- if (i < 0) goto err;
-
- /* process the data */
-
- if (i == 0) break;
- }
-EVP_DecodeFinal(....);
-/* process the data */
-
-The problem in 'enc.c' is that I was stuff the processing up after the
-EVP_DecodeFinal(...) when the for(..) loop was not being run (one line of
-base64 data) and this was because 'enc.c' tries to scan over a file until
-it hits the first valid base64 encoded line.
-
-hope this helps a bit.
-eric
---
-Eric Young | BOOL is tri-state according to Bill Gates.
-AARNet: eay at mincom.oz.au | RTFM Win32 GetMessage().
-
-==== conf.doc ========================================================
-
-The CONF library.
-
-The CONF library is a simple set of routines that can be used to configure
-programs. It is a superset of the genenv() function with some extra
-structure.
-
-The library consists of 5 functions.
-
-LHASH *CONF_load(LHASH *config,char *file);
-This function is called to load in a configuration file. Multiple
-configuration files can be loaded, with each subsequent 'load' overwriting
-any already defined 'variables'. If there is an error, NULL is returned.
-If config is NULL, a new LHASH structure is created and returned, otherwise
-the new data in the 'file' is loaded into the 'config' structure.
-
-void CONF_free(LHASH *config);
-This function free()s the data in config.
-
-char *CONF_get_string(LHASH *config,char *section,char *name);
-This function returns the string found in 'config' that corresponds to the
-'section' and 'name' specified. Classes and the naming system used will be
-discussed later in this document. If the variable is not defined, an NULL
-is returned.
-
-long CONF_get_long(LHASH *config,char *section, char *name);
-This function is the same as CONF_get_string() except that it converts the
-string to an long and returns it. If variable is not a number or the
-variable does not exist, 0 is returned. This is a little problematic but I
-don't know of a simple way around it.
-
-STACK *CONF_get_section(LHASH *config, char *section);
-This function returns a 'stack' of CONF_VALUE items that are all the
-items defined in a particular section. DO NOT free() any of the
-variable returned. They will disappear when CONF_free() is called.
-
-The 'lookup' model.
-The configuration file is divided into 'sections'. Each section is started by
-a line of the form '[ section ]'. All subsequent variable definitions are
-of this section. A variable definition is a simple alpha-numeric name
-followed by an '=' and then the data. A section or variable name can be
-described by a regular expression of the following form '[A-Za-z0-9_]+'.
-The value of the variable is the text after the '=' until the end of the
-line, stripped of leading and trailing white space.
-At this point I should mention that a '#' is a comment character, \ is the
-escape character, and all three types of quote can be used to stop any
-special interpretation of the data.
-Now when the data is being loaded, variable expansion can occur. This is
-done by expanding any $NAME sequences into the value represented by the
-variable NAME. If the variable is not in the current section, the different
-section can be specified by using the $SECTION::NAME form. The ${NAME} form
-also works and is very useful for expanding variables inside strings.
-
-When a variable is looked up, there are 2 special section. 'default', which
-is the initial section, and 'ENV' which is the processes environment
-variables (accessed via getenv()). When a variable is looked up, it is
-first 'matched' with it's section (if one was specified), if this fails, the
-'default' section is matched.
-If the 'lhash' variable passed was NULL, the environment is searched.
-
-Now why do we bother with sections? So we can have multiple programs using
-the same configuration file, or multiple instances of the same program
-using different variables. It also provides a nice mechanism to override
-the processes environment variables (eg ENV::HOME=/tmp). If there is a
-program specific variable missing, we can have default values.
-Multiple configuration files can be loaded, with each new value clearing
-any predefined values. A system config file can provide 'default' values,
-and application/usr specific files can provide overriding values.
-
-Examples
-
-# This is a simple example
-SSLEAY_HOME = /usr/local/ssl
-ENV::PATH = $SSLEAY_HOME/bin:$PATH # override my path
-
-[X509]
-cert_dir = $SSLEAY_HOME/certs # /usr/local/ssl/certs
-
-[SSL]
-CIPHER = DES-EDE-MD5:RC4-MD5
-USER_CERT = $HOME/${USER}di'r 5' # /home/eay/eaydir 5
-USER_CERT = $HOME/\${USER}di\'r # /home/eay/${USER}di'r
-USER_CERT = "$HOME/${US"ER}di\'r # $HOME/${USER}di'r
-
-TEST = 1234\
-5678\
-9ab # TEST=123456789ab
-TTT = 1234\n\n # TTT=1234<nl><nl>
-
-
-
-==== des.doc ========================================================
-
-The DES library.
-
-Please note that this library was originally written to operate with
-eBones, a version of Kerberos that had had encryption removed when it left
-the USA and then put back in. As such there are some routines that I will
-advise not using but they are still in the library for historical reasons.
-For all calls that have an 'input' and 'output' variables, they can be the
-same.
-
-This library requires the inclusion of 'des.h'.
-
-All of the encryption functions take what is called a des_key_schedule as an
-argument. A des_key_schedule is an expanded form of the des key.
-A des_key is 8 bytes of odd parity, the type used to hold the key is a
-des_cblock. A des_cblock is an array of 8 bytes, often in this library
-description I will refer to input bytes when the function specifies
-des_cblock's as input or output, this just means that the variable should
-be a multiple of 8 bytes.
-
-The define DES_ENCRYPT is passed to specify encryption, DES_DECRYPT to
-specify decryption. The functions and global variable are as follows:
-
-int des_check_key;
- DES keys are supposed to be odd parity. If this variable is set to
- a non-zero value, des_set_key() will check that the key has odd
- parity and is not one of the known weak DES keys. By default this
- variable is turned off;
-
-void des_set_odd_parity(
-des_cblock *key );
- This function takes a DES key (8 bytes) and sets the parity to odd.
-
-int des_is_weak_key(
-des_cblock *key );
- This function returns a non-zero value if the DES key passed is a
- weak, DES key. If it is a weak key, don't use it, try a different
- one. If you are using 'random' keys, the chances of hitting a weak
- key are 1/2^52 so it is probably not worth checking for them.
-
-int des_set_key(
-des_cblock *key,
-des_key_schedule schedule);
- Des_set_key converts an 8 byte DES key into a des_key_schedule.
- A des_key_schedule is an expanded form of the key which is used to
- perform actual encryption. It can be regenerated from the DES key
- so it only needs to be kept when encryption or decryption is about
- to occur. Don't save or pass around des_key_schedule's since they
- are CPU architecture dependent, DES keys are not. If des_check_key
- is non zero, zero is returned if the key has the wrong parity or
- the key is a weak key, else 1 is returned.
-
-int des_key_sched(
-des_cblock *key,
-des_key_schedule schedule);
- An alternative name for des_set_key().
-
-int des_rw_mode; /* defaults to DES_PCBC_MODE */
- This flag holds either DES_CBC_MODE or DES_PCBC_MODE (default).
- This specifies the function to use in the enc_read() and enc_write()
- functions.
-
-void des_encrypt(
-unsigned long *data,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-int enc);
- This is the DES encryption function that gets called by just about
- every other DES routine in the library. You should not use this
- function except to implement 'modes' of DES. I say this because the
- functions that call this routine do the conversion from 'char *' to
- long, and this needs to be done to make sure 'non-aligned' memory
- access do not occur. The characters are loaded 'little endian',
- have a look at my source code for more details on how I use this
- function.
- Data is a pointer to 2 unsigned long's and ks is the
- des_key_schedule to use. enc, is non zero specifies encryption,
- zero if decryption.
-
-void des_encrypt2(
-unsigned long *data,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-int enc);
- This functions is the same as des_encrypt() except that the DES
- initial permutation (IP) and final permutation (FP) have been left
- out. As for des_encrypt(), you should not use this function.
- It is used by the routines in my library that implement triple DES.
- IP() des_encrypt2() des_encrypt2() des_encrypt2() FP() is the same
- as des_encrypt() des_encrypt() des_encrypt() except faster :-).
-
-void des_ecb_encrypt(
-des_cblock *input,
-des_cblock *output,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-int enc);
- This is the basic Electronic Code Book form of DES, the most basic
- form. Input is encrypted into output using the key represented by
- ks. If enc is non zero (DES_ENCRYPT), encryption occurs, otherwise
- decryption occurs. Input is 8 bytes long and output is 8 bytes.
- (the des_cblock structure is 8 chars).
-
-void des_ecb3_encrypt(
-des_cblock *input,
-des_cblock *output,
-des_key_schedule ks1,
-des_key_schedule ks2,
-des_key_schedule ks3,
-int enc);
- This is the 3 key EDE mode of ECB DES. What this means is that
- the 8 bytes of input is encrypted with ks1, decrypted with ks2 and
- then encrypted again with ks3, before being put into output;
- C=E(ks3,D(ks2,E(ks1,M))). There is a macro, des_ecb2_encrypt()
- that only takes 2 des_key_schedules that implements,
- C=E(ks1,D(ks2,E(ks1,M))) in that the final encrypt is done with ks1.
-
-void des_cbc_encrypt(
-des_cblock *input,
-des_cblock *output,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-int enc);
- This routine implements DES in Cipher Block Chaining mode.
- Input, which should be a multiple of 8 bytes is encrypted
- (or decrypted) to output which will also be a multiple of 8 bytes.
- The number of bytes is in length (and from what I've said above,
- should be a multiple of 8). If length is not a multiple of 8, I'm
- not being held responsible :-). ivec is the initialisation vector.
- This function does not modify this variable. To correctly implement
- cbc mode, you need to do one of 2 things; copy the last 8 bytes of
- cipher text for use as the next ivec in your application,
- or use des_ncbc_encrypt().
- Only this routine has this problem with updating the ivec, all
- other routines that are implementing cbc mode update ivec.
-
-void des_ncbc_encrypt(
-des_cblock *input,
-des_cblock *output,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule sk,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-int enc);
- For historical reasons, des_cbc_encrypt() did not update the
- ivec with the value requires so that subsequent calls to
- des_cbc_encrypt() would 'chain'. This was needed so that the same
- 'length' values would not need to be used when decrypting.
- des_ncbc_encrypt() does the right thing. It is the same as
- des_cbc_encrypt accept that ivec is updates with the correct value
- to pass in subsequent calls to des_ncbc_encrypt(). I advise using
- des_ncbc_encrypt() instead of des_cbc_encrypt();
-
-void des_xcbc_encrypt(
-des_cblock *input,
-des_cblock *output,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule sk,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-des_cblock *inw,
-des_cblock *outw,
-int enc);
- This is RSA's DESX mode of DES. It uses inw and outw to
- 'whiten' the encryption. inw and outw are secret (unlike the iv)
- and are as such, part of the key. So the key is sort of 24 bytes.
- This is much better than cbc des.
-
-void des_3cbc_encrypt(
-des_cblock *input,
-des_cblock *output,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule sk1,
-des_key_schedule sk2,
-des_cblock *ivec1,
-des_cblock *ivec2,
-int enc);
- This function is flawed, do not use it. I have left it in the
- library because it is used in my des(1) program and will function
- correctly when used by des(1). If I removed the function, people
- could end up unable to decrypt files.
- This routine implements outer triple cbc encryption using 2 ks and
- 2 ivec's. Use des_ede2_cbc_encrypt() instead.
-
-void des_ede3_cbc_encrypt(
-des_cblock *input,
-des_cblock *output,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks1,
-des_key_schedule ks2,
-des_key_schedule ks3,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-int enc);
- This function implements outer triple CBC DES encryption with 3
- keys. What this means is that each 'DES' operation
- inside the cbc mode is really an C=E(ks3,D(ks2,E(ks1,M))).
- Again, this is cbc mode so an ivec is requires.
- This mode is used by SSL.
- There is also a des_ede2_cbc_encrypt() that only uses 2
- des_key_schedule's, the first being reused for the final
- encryption. C=E(ks1,D(ks2,E(ks1,M))). This form of triple DES
- is used by the RSAref library.
-
-void des_pcbc_encrypt(
-des_cblock *input,
-des_cblock *output,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-int enc);
- This is Propagating Cipher Block Chaining mode of DES. It is used
- by Kerberos v4. It's parameters are the same as des_ncbc_encrypt().
-
-void des_cfb_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-int numbits,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-int enc);
- Cipher Feedback Back mode of DES. This implementation 'feeds back'
- in numbit blocks. The input (and output) is in multiples of numbits
- bits. numbits should to be a multiple of 8 bits. Length is the
- number of bytes input. If numbits is not a multiple of 8 bits,
- the extra bits in the bytes will be considered padding. So if
- numbits is 12, for each 2 input bytes, the 4 high bits of the
- second byte will be ignored. So to encode 72 bits when using
- a numbits of 12 take 12 bytes. To encode 72 bits when using
- numbits of 9 will take 16 bytes. To encode 80 bits when using
- numbits of 16 will take 10 bytes. etc, etc. This padding will
- apply to both input and output.
-
-
-void des_cfb64_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-int *num,
-int enc);
- This is one of the more useful functions in this DES library, it
- implements CFB mode of DES with 64bit feedback. Why is this
- useful you ask? Because this routine will allow you to encrypt an
- arbitrary number of bytes, no 8 byte padding. Each call to this
- routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec
- and num. num contains 'how far' we are though ivec. If this does
- not make much sense, read more about cfb mode of DES :-).
-
-void des_ede3_cfb64_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks1,
-des_key_schedule ks2,
-des_key_schedule ks3,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-int *num,
-int enc);
- Same as des_cfb64_encrypt() accept that the DES operation is
- triple DES. As usual, there is a macro for
- des_ede2_cfb64_encrypt() which reuses ks1.
-
-void des_ofb_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-int numbits,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-des_cblock *ivec);
- This is a implementation of Output Feed Back mode of DES. It is
- the same as des_cfb_encrypt() in that numbits is the size of the
- units dealt with during input and output (in bits).
-
-void des_ofb64_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-int *num);
- The same as des_cfb64_encrypt() except that it is Output Feed Back
- mode.
-
-void des_ede3_ofb64_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks1,
-des_key_schedule ks2,
-des_key_schedule ks3,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-int *num);
- Same as des_ofb64_encrypt() accept that the DES operation is
- triple DES. As usual, there is a macro for
- des_ede2_ofb64_encrypt() which reuses ks1.
-
-int des_read_pw_string(
-char *buf,
-int length,
-char *prompt,
-int verify);
- This routine is used to get a password from the terminal with echo
- turned off. Buf is where the string will end up and length is the
- size of buf. Prompt is a string presented to the 'user' and if
- verify is set, the key is asked for twice and unless the 2 copies
- match, an error is returned. A return code of -1 indicates a
- system error, 1 failure due to use interaction, and 0 is success.
-
-unsigned long des_cbc_cksum(
-des_cblock *input,
-des_cblock *output,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-des_cblock *ivec);
- This function produces an 8 byte checksum from input that it puts in
- output and returns the last 4 bytes as a long. The checksum is
- generated via cbc mode of DES in which only the last 8 byes are
- kept. I would recommend not using this function but instead using
- the EVP_Digest routines, or at least using MD5 or SHA. This
- function is used by Kerberos v4 so that is why it stays in the
- library.
-
-char *des_fcrypt(
-const char *buf,
-const char *salt
-char *ret);
- This is my fast version of the unix crypt(3) function. This version
- takes only a small amount of space relative to other fast
- crypt() implementations. This is different to the normal crypt
- in that the third parameter is the buffer that the return value
- is written into. It needs to be at least 14 bytes long. This
- function is thread safe, unlike the normal crypt.
-
-char *crypt(
-const char *buf,
-const char *salt);
- This function calls des_fcrypt() with a static array passed as the
- third parameter. This emulates the normal non-thread safe semantics
- of crypt(3).
-
-void des_string_to_key(
-char *str,
-des_cblock *key);
- This function takes str and converts it into a DES key. I would
- recommend using MD5 instead and use the first 8 bytes of output.
- When I wrote the first version of these routines back in 1990, MD5
- did not exist but I feel these routines are still sound. This
- routines is compatible with the one in MIT's libdes.
-
-void des_string_to_2keys(
-char *str,
-des_cblock *key1,
-des_cblock *key2);
- This function takes str and converts it into 2 DES keys.
- I would recommend using MD5 and using the 16 bytes as the 2 keys.
- I have nothing against these 2 'string_to_key' routines, it's just
- that if you say that your encryption key is generated by using the
- 16 bytes of an MD5 hash, every-one knows how you generated your
- keys.
-
-int des_read_password(
-des_cblock *key,
-char *prompt,
-int verify);
- This routine combines des_read_pw_string() with des_string_to_key().
-
-int des_read_2passwords(
-des_cblock *key1,
-des_cblock *key2,
-char *prompt,
-int verify);
- This routine combines des_read_pw_string() with des_string_to_2key().
-
-void des_random_seed(
-des_cblock key);
- This routine sets a starting point for des_random_key().
-
-void des_random_key(
-des_cblock ret);
- This function return a random key. Make sure to 'seed' the random
- number generator (with des_random_seed()) before using this function.
- I personally now use a MD5 based random number system.
-
-int des_enc_read(
-int fd,
-char *buf,
-int len,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-des_cblock *iv);
- This function will write to a file descriptor the encrypted data
- from buf. This data will be preceded by a 4 byte 'byte count' and
- will be padded out to 8 bytes. The encryption is either CBC of
- PCBC depending on the value of des_rw_mode. If it is DES_PCBC_MODE,
- pcbc is used, if DES_CBC_MODE, cbc is used. The default is to use
- DES_PCBC_MODE.
-
-int des_enc_write(
-int fd,
-char *buf,
-int len,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-des_cblock *iv);
- This routines read stuff written by des_enc_read() and decrypts it.
- I have used these routines quite a lot but I don't believe they are
- suitable for non-blocking io. If you are after a full
- authentication/encryption over networks, have a look at SSL instead.
-
-unsigned long des_quad_cksum(
-des_cblock *input,
-des_cblock *output,
-long length,
-int out_count,
-des_cblock *seed);
- This is a function from Kerberos v4 that is not anything to do with
- DES but was needed. It is a cksum that is quicker to generate than
- des_cbc_cksum(); I personally would use MD5 routines now.
-=====
-Modes of DES
-Quite a bit of the following information has been taken from
- AS 2805.5.2
- Australian Standard
- Electronic funds transfer - Requirements for interfaces,
- Part 5.2: Modes of operation for an n-bit block cipher algorithm
- Appendix A
-
-There are several different modes in which DES can be used, they are
-as follows.
-
-Electronic Codebook Mode (ECB) (des_ecb_encrypt())
-- 64 bits are enciphered at a time.
-- The order of the blocks can be rearranged without detection.
-- The same plaintext block always produces the same ciphertext block
- (for the same key) making it vulnerable to a 'dictionary attack'.
-- An error will only affect one ciphertext block.
-
-Cipher Block Chaining Mode (CBC) (des_cbc_encrypt())
-- a multiple of 64 bits are enciphered at a time.
-- The CBC mode produces the same ciphertext whenever the same
- plaintext is encrypted using the same key and starting variable.
-- The chaining operation makes the ciphertext blocks dependent on the
- current and all preceding plaintext blocks and therefore blocks can not
- be rearranged.
-- The use of different starting variables prevents the same plaintext
- enciphering to the same ciphertext.
-- An error will affect the current and the following ciphertext blocks.
-
-Cipher Feedback Mode (CFB) (des_cfb_encrypt())
-- a number of bits (j) <= 64 are enciphered at a time.
-- The CFB mode produces the same ciphertext whenever the same
- plaintext is encrypted using the same key and starting variable.
-- The chaining operation makes the ciphertext variables dependent on the
- current and all preceding variables and therefore j-bit variables are
- chained together and can not be rearranged.
-- The use of different starting variables prevents the same plaintext
- enciphering to the same ciphertext.
-- The strength of the CFB mode depends on the size of k (maximal if
- j == k). In my implementation this is always the case.
-- Selection of a small value for j will require more cycles through
- the encipherment algorithm per unit of plaintext and thus cause
- greater processing overheads.
-- Only multiples of j bits can be enciphered.
-- An error will affect the current and the following ciphertext variables.
-
-Output Feedback Mode (OFB) (des_ofb_encrypt())
-- a number of bits (j) <= 64 are enciphered at a time.
-- The OFB mode produces the same ciphertext whenever the same
- plaintext enciphered using the same key and starting variable. More
- over, in the OFB mode the same key stream is produced when the same
- key and start variable are used. Consequently, for security reasons
- a specific start variable should be used only once for a given key.
-- The absence of chaining makes the OFB more vulnerable to specific attacks.
-- The use of different start variables values prevents the same
- plaintext enciphering to the same ciphertext, by producing different
- key streams.
-- Selection of a small value for j will require more cycles through
- the encipherment algorithm per unit of plaintext and thus cause
- greater processing overheads.
-- Only multiples of j bits can be enciphered.
-- OFB mode of operation does not extend ciphertext errors in the
- resultant plaintext output. Every bit error in the ciphertext causes
- only one bit to be in error in the deciphered plaintext.
-- OFB mode is not self-synchronising. If the two operation of
- encipherment and decipherment get out of synchronism, the system needs
- to be re-initialised.
-- Each re-initialisation should use a value of the start variable
- different from the start variable values used before with the same
- key. The reason for this is that an identical bit stream would be
- produced each time from the same parameters. This would be
- susceptible to a ' known plaintext' attack.
-
-Triple ECB Mode (des_ecb3_encrypt())
-- Encrypt with key1, decrypt with key2 and encrypt with key3 again.
-- As for ECB encryption but increases the key length to 168 bits.
- There are theoretic attacks that can be used that make the effective
- key length 112 bits, but this attack also requires 2^56 blocks of
- memory, not very likely, even for the NSA.
-- If both keys are the same it is equivalent to encrypting once with
- just one key.
-- If the first and last key are the same, the key length is 112 bits.
- There are attacks that could reduce the key space to 55 bit's but it
- requires 2^56 blocks of memory.
-- If all 3 keys are the same, this is effectively the same as normal
- ecb mode.
-
-Triple CBC Mode (des_ede3_cbc_encrypt())
-- Encrypt with key1, decrypt with key2 and then encrypt with key3.
-- As for CBC encryption but increases the key length to 168 bits with
- the same restrictions as for triple ecb mode.
-
-==== digest.doc ========================================================
-
-
-The Message Digest subroutines.
-
-These routines require "evp.h" to be included.
-
-These functions are a higher level interface to the various message digest
-routines found in this library. As such, they allow the same code to be
-used to digest via different algorithms with only a change in an initial
-parameter. They are basically just a front-end to the MD2, MD5, SHA
-and SHA1
-routines.
-
-These routines all take a pointer to the following structure to specify
-which message digest algorithm to use.
-typedef struct evp_md_st
- {
- int type;
- int pkey_type;
- int md_size;
- void (*init)();
- void (*update)();
- void (*final)();
-
- int required_pkey_type; /*EVP_PKEY_xxx */
- int (*sign)();
- int (*verify)();
- } EVP_MD;
-
-If additional message digest algorithms are to be supported, a structure of
-this type needs to be declared and populated and then the Digest routines
-can be used with that algorithm. The type field is the object NID of the
-digest type (read the section on Objects for an explanation). The pkey_type
-is the Object type to use when the a message digest is generated by there
-routines and then is to be signed with the pkey algorithm. Md_size is
-the size of the message digest returned. Init, update
-and final are the relevant functions to perform the message digest function
-by parts. One reason for specifying the message digest to use via this
-mechanism is that if you only use md5, only the md5 routines will
-be included in you linked program. If you passed an integer
-that specified which message digest to use, the routine that mapped that
-integer to a set of message digest functions would cause all the message
-digests functions to be link into the code. This setup also allows new
-message digest functions to be added by the application.
-
-The six message digests defined in this library are
-
-EVP_MD *EVP_md2(void); /* RSA sign/verify */
-EVP_MD *EVP_md5(void); /* RSA sign/verify */
-EVP_MD *EVP_sha(void); /* RSA sign/verify */
-EVP_MD *EVP_sha1(void); /* RSA sign/verify */
-EVP_MD *EVP_dss(void); /* DSA sign/verify */
-EVP_MD *EVP_dss1(void); /* DSA sign/verify */
-
-All the message digest routines take a EVP_MD_CTX pointer as an argument.
-The state of the message digest is kept in this structure.
-
-typedef struct pem_md_ctx_st
- {
- EVP_MD *digest;
- union {
- unsigned char base[4]; /* this is used in my library as a
- * 'pointer' to all union elements
- * structures. */
- MD2_CTX md2;
- MD5_CTX md5;
- SHA_CTX sha;
- } md;
- } EVP_MD_CTX;
-
-The Digest functions are as follows.
-
-void EVP_DigestInit(
-EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,
-EVP_MD *type);
- This function is used to initialise the EVP_MD_CTX. The message
- digest that will associated with 'ctx' is specified by 'type'.
-
-void EVP_DigestUpdate(
-EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,
-unsigned char *data,
-unsigned int cnt);
- This function is used to pass more data to the message digest
- function. 'cnt' bytes are digested from 'data'.
-
-void EVP_DigestFinal(
-EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,
-unsigned char *md,
-unsigned int *len);
- This function finishes the digestion and puts the message digest
- into 'md'. The length of the message digest is put into len;
- EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE is the size of the largest message digest that
- can be returned from this function. Len can be NULL if the
- size of the digest is not required.
-
-
-==== encode.doc ========================================================
-
-
-void EVP_EncodeInit(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx);
-void EVP_EncodeUpdate(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out,
- int *outl,unsigned char *in,int inl);
-void EVP_EncodeFinal(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out,int *outl);
-int EVP_EncodeBlock(unsigned char *t, unsigned char *f, int n);
-
-void EVP_DecodeInit(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx);
-int EVP_DecodeUpdate(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out,int *outl,
- unsigned char *in, int inl);
-int EVP_DecodeFinal(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx, unsigned
- char *out, int *outl);
-int EVP_DecodeBlock(unsigned char *t, unsigned
- char *f, int n);
-
-
-==== envelope.doc ========================================================
-
-The following routines are use to create 'digital' envelopes.
-By this I mean that they perform various 'higher' level cryptographic
-functions. Have a read of 'cipher.doc' and 'digest.doc' since those
-routines are used by these functions.
-cipher.doc contains documentation about the cipher part of the
-envelope library and digest.doc contatins the description of the
-message digests supported.
-
-To 'sign' a document involves generating a message digest and then encrypting
-the digest with an private key.
-
-#define EVP_SignInit(a,b) EVP_DigestInit(a,b)
-#define EVP_SignUpdate(a,b,c) EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c)
-Due to the fact this operation is basically just an extended message
-digest, the first 2 functions are macro calls to Digest generating
-functions.
-
-int EVP_SignFinal(
-EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,
-unsigned char *md,
-unsigned int *s,
-EVP_PKEY *pkey);
- This finalisation function finishes the generation of the message
-digest and then encrypts the digest (with the correct message digest
-object identifier) with the EVP_PKEY private key. 'ctx' is the message digest
-context. 'md' will end up containing the encrypted message digest. This
-array needs to be EVP_PKEY_size(pkey) bytes long. 's' will actually
-contain the exact length. 'pkey' of course is the private key. It is
-one of EVP_PKEY_RSA or EVP_PKEY_DSA type.
-If there is an error, 0 is returned, otherwise 1.
-
-Verify is used to check an signed message digest.
-
-#define EVP_VerifyInit(a,b) EVP_DigestInit(a,b)
-#define EVP_VerifyUpdate(a,b,c) EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c)
-Since the first step is to generate a message digest, the first 2 functions
-are macros.
-
-int EVP_VerifyFinal(
-EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,
-unsigned char *md,
-unsigned int s,
-EVP_PKEY *pkey);
- This function finishes the generation of the message digest and then
-compares it with the supplied encrypted message digest. 'md' contains the
-'s' bytes of encrypted message digest. 'pkey' is used to public key decrypt
-the digest. It is then compared with the message digest just generated.
-If they match, 1 is returned else 0.
-
-int EVP_SealInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, EVP_CIPHER *type, unsigned char **ek,
- int *ekl, unsigned char *iv, EVP_PKEY **pubk, int npubk);
-Must have at least one public key, error is 0. I should also mention that
-the buffers pointed to by 'ek' need to be EVP_PKEY_size(pubk[n]) is size.
-
-#define EVP_SealUpdate(a,b,c,d,e) EVP_EncryptUpdate(a,b,c,d,e)
-void EVP_SealFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out,int *outl);
-
-
-int EVP_OpenInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,EVP_CIPHER *type,unsigned char *ek,
- int ekl,unsigned char *iv,EVP_PKEY *priv);
-0 on failure
-
-#define EVP_OpenUpdate(a,b,c,d,e) EVP_DecryptUpdate(a,b,c,d,e)
-
-int EVP_OpenFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int *outl);
-Decrypt final return code
-
-
-==== error.doc ========================================================
-
-The error routines.
-
-The 'error' system I've implemented is intended to server 2 purpose, to
-record the reason why a command failed and to record where in the libraries
-the failure occurred. It is more or less setup to record a 'trace' of which
-library components were being traversed when the error occurred.
-
-When an error is recorded, it is done so a as single unsigned long which is
-composed of three parts. The top byte is the 'library' number, the middle
-12 bytes is the function code, and the bottom 12 bits is the 'reason' code.
-
-Each 'library', or should a say, 'section' of the SSLeay library has a
-different unique 'library' error number. Each function in the library has
-a number that is unique for that library. Each 'library' also has a number
-for each 'error reason' that is only unique for that 'library'.
-
-Due to the way these error routines record a 'error trace', there is an
-array per thread that is used to store the error codes.
-The various functions in this library are used to access
-and manipulate this array.
-
-void ERR_put_error(int lib, int func,int reason);
- This routine records an error in library 'lib', function 'func'
-and reason 'reason'. As errors get 'put' into the buffer, they wrap
-around and overwrite old errors if too many are written. It is assumed
-that the last errors are the most important.
-
-unsigned long ERR_get_error(void );
- This function returns the last error added to the error buffer.
-In effect it is popping the value off the buffer so repeated calls will
-continue to return values until there are no more errors to return in which
-case 0 is returned.
-
-unsigned long ERR_peek_error(void );
- This function returns the value of the last error added to the
-error buffer but does not 'pop' it from the buffer.
-
-void ERR_clear_error(void );
- This function clears the error buffer, discarding all unread
-errors.
-
-While the above described error system obviously produces lots of different
-error number, a method for 'reporting' these errors in a human readable
-form is required. To achieve this, each library has the option of
-'registering' error strings.
-
-typedef struct ERR_string_data_st
- {
- unsigned long error;
- char *string;
- } ERR_STRING_DATA;
-
-The 'ERR_STRING_DATA' contains an error code and the corresponding text
-string. To add new function error strings for a library, the
-ERR_STRING_DATA needs to be 'registered' with the library.
-
-void ERR_load_strings(unsigned long lib,ERR_STRING_DATA *err);
- This function 'registers' the array of ERR_STRING_DATA pointed to by
-'err' as error text strings for the error library 'lib'.
-
-void ERR_free_strings(void);
- This function free()s all the loaded error strings.
-
-char *ERR_error_string(unsigned long error,char *buf);
- This function returns a text string that is a human readable
-version of the error represented by 'error'. Buff should be at least 120
-bytes long and if it is NULL, the return value is a pointer to a static
-variable that will contain the error string, otherwise 'buf' is returned.
-If there is not a text string registered for a particular error, a text
-string containing the error number is returned instead.
-
-void ERR_print_errors(BIO *bp);
-void ERR_print_errors_fp(FILE *fp);
- This function is a convenience routine that prints the error string
-for each error until all errors have been accounted for.
-
-char *ERR_lib_error_string(unsigned long e);
-char *ERR_func_error_string(unsigned long e);
-char *ERR_reason_error_string(unsigned long e);
-The above three functions return the 3 different components strings for the
-error 'e'. ERR_error_string() uses these functions.
-
-void ERR_load_ERR_strings(void );
- This function 'registers' the error strings for the 'ERR' module.
-
-void ERR_load_crypto_strings(void );
- This function 'register' the error strings for just about every
-library in the SSLeay package except for the SSL routines. There is no
-need to ever register any error text strings and you will probably save in
-program size. If on the other hand you do 'register' all errors, it is
-quite easy to determine why a particular routine failed.
-
-As a final footnote as to why the error system is designed as it is.
-1) I did not want a single 'global' error code.
-2) I wanted to know which subroutine a failure occurred in.
-3) For Windows NT etc, it should be simple to replace the 'key' routines
- with code to pass error codes back to the application.
-4) I wanted the option of meaningful error text strings.
-
-Late breaking news - the changes to support threads.
-
-Each 'thread' has an 'ERR_STATE' state associated with it.
-ERR_STATE *ERR_get_state(void ) will return the 'state' for the calling
-thread/process.
-
-ERR_remove_state(unsigned long pid); will 'free()' this state. If pid == 0
-the current 'thread/process' will have it's error state removed.
-If you do not remove the error state of a thread, this could be considered a
-form of memory leak, so just after 'reaping' a thread that has died,
-call ERR_remove_state(pid).
-
-Have a read of thread.doc for more details for what is required for
-multi-threading support. All the other error routines will
-work correctly when using threads.
-
-
-==== idea.doc ========================================================
-
-The IDEA library.
-IDEA is a block cipher that operates on 64bit (8 byte) quantities. It
-uses a 128bit (16 byte) key. It can be used in all the modes that DES can
-be used. This library implements the ecb, cbc, cfb64 and ofb64 modes.
-
-For all calls that have an 'input' and 'output' variables, they can be the
-same.
-
-This library requires the inclusion of 'idea.h'.
-
-All of the encryption functions take what is called an IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE as an
-argument. An IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE is an expanded form of the idea key.
-For all modes of the IDEA algorithm, the IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE used for
-decryption is different to the one used for encryption.
-
-The define IDEA_ENCRYPT is passed to specify encryption for the functions
-that require an encryption/decryption flag. IDEA_DECRYPT is passed to
-specify decryption. For some mode there is no encryption/decryption
-flag since this is determined by the IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE.
-
-So to encrypt you would do the following
-idea_set_encrypt_key(key,encrypt_ks);
-idea_ecb_encrypt(...,encrypt_ks);
-idea_cbc_encrypt(....,encrypt_ks,...,IDEA_ENCRYPT);
-
-To Decrypt
-idea_set_encrypt_key(key,encrypt_ks);
-idea_set_decrypt_key(encrypt_ks,decrypt_ks);
-idea_ecb_encrypt(...,decrypt_ks);
-idea_cbc_encrypt(....,decrypt_ks,...,IDEA_DECRYPT);
-
-Please note that any of the encryption modes specified in my DES library
-could be used with IDEA. I have only implemented ecb, cbc, cfb64 and
-ofb64 for the following reasons.
-- ecb is the basic IDEA encryption.
-- cbc is the normal 'chaining' form for block ciphers.
-- cfb64 can be used to encrypt single characters, therefore input and output
- do not need to be a multiple of 8.
-- ofb64 is similar to cfb64 but is more like a stream cipher, not as
- secure (not cipher feedback) but it does not have an encrypt/decrypt mode.
-- If you want triple IDEA, thats 384 bits of key and you must be totally
- obsessed with security. Still, if you want it, it is simple enough to
- copy the function from the DES library and change the des_encrypt to
- idea_encrypt; an exercise left for the paranoid reader :-).
-
-The functions are as follows:
-
-void idea_set_encrypt_key(
-unsigned char *key;
-IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks);
- idea_set_encrypt_key converts a 16 byte IDEA key into an
- IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE. The IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE is an expanded form of
- the key which can be used to perform IDEA encryption.
- An IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE is an expanded form of the key which is used to
- perform actual encryption. It can be regenerated from the IDEA key
- so it only needs to be kept when encryption is about
- to occur. Don't save or pass around IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE's since they
- are CPU architecture dependent, IDEA keys are not.
-
-void idea_set_decrypt_key(
-IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *encrypt_ks,
-IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *decrypt_ks);
- This functions converts an encryption IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE into a
- decryption IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE. For all decryption, this conversion
- of the key must be done. In some modes of IDEA, an
- encryption/decryption flag is also required, this is because these
- functions involve block chaining and the way this is done changes
- depending on which of encryption of decryption is being done.
- Please note that there is no quick way to generate the decryption
- key schedule other than generating the encryption key schedule and
- then converting it.
-
-void idea_encrypt(
-unsigned long *data,
-IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks);
- This is the IDEA encryption function that gets called by just about
- every other IDEA routine in the library. You should not use this
- function except to implement 'modes' of IDEA. I say this because the
- functions that call this routine do the conversion from 'char *' to
- long, and this needs to be done to make sure 'non-aligned' memory
- access do not occur.
- Data is a pointer to 2 unsigned long's and ks is the
- IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE to use. Encryption or decryption depends on the
- IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE.
-
-void idea_ecb_encrypt(
-unsigned char *input,
-unsigned char *output,
-IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks);
- This is the basic Electronic Code Book form of IDEA (in DES this
- mode is called Electronic Code Book so I'm going to use the term
- for idea as well :-).
- Input is encrypted into output using the key represented by
- ks. Depending on the IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE, encryption or
- decryption occurs. Input is 8 bytes long and output is 8 bytes.
-
-void idea_cbc_encrypt(
-unsigned char *input,
-unsigned char *output,
-long length,
-IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks,
-unsigned char *ivec,
-int enc);
- This routine implements IDEA in Cipher Block Chaining mode.
- Input, which should be a multiple of 8 bytes is encrypted
- (or decrypted) to output which will also be a multiple of 8 bytes.
- The number of bytes is in length (and from what I've said above,
- should be a multiple of 8). If length is not a multiple of 8, bad
- things will probably happen. ivec is the initialisation vector.
- This function updates iv after each call so that it can be passed to
- the next call to idea_cbc_encrypt().
-
-void idea_cfb64_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-int *num,
-int enc);
- This is one of the more useful functions in this IDEA library, it
- implements CFB mode of IDEA with 64bit feedback.
- This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes,
- you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this
- routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec
- and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec.
- Enc is used to indicate encryption or decryption.
- One very important thing to remember is that when decrypting, use
- the encryption form of the key.
- CFB64 mode operates by using the cipher to
- generate a stream of bytes which is used to encrypt the plain text.
- The cipher text is then encrypted to generate the next 64 bits to
- be xored (incrementally) with the next 64 bits of plain
- text. As can be seen from this, to encrypt or decrypt,
- the same 'cipher stream' needs to be generated but the way the next
- block of data is gathered for encryption is different for
- encryption and decryption. What this means is that to encrypt
- idea_set_encrypt_key(key,ks);
- idea_cfb64_encrypt(...,ks,..,IDEA_ENCRYPT)
- do decrypt
- idea_set_encrypt_key(key,ks)
- idea_cfb64_encrypt(...,ks,...,IDEA_DECRYPT)
- Note: The same IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE but different encryption flags.
- For idea_cbc or idea_ecb, idea_set_decrypt_key() would need to be
- used to generate the IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE for decryption.
- The reason I'm stressing this point is that I just wasted 3 hours
- today trying to decrypt using this mode and the decryption form of
- the key :-(.
-
-void idea_ofb64_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-des_key_schedule ks,
-des_cblock *ivec,
-int *num);
- This functions implements OFB mode of IDEA with 64bit feedback.
- This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes,
- you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this
- routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec
- and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec.
- This is in effect a stream cipher, there is no encryption or
- decryption mode. The same key and iv should be used to
- encrypt and decrypt.
-
-For reading passwords, I suggest using des_read_pw_string() from my DES library.
-To generate a password from a text string, I suggest using MD5 (or MD2) to
-produce a 16 byte message digest that can then be passed directly to
-idea_set_encrypt_key().
-
-=====
-For more information about the specific IDEA modes in this library
-(ecb, cbc, cfb and ofb), read the section entitled 'Modes of DES' from the
-documentation on my DES library. What is said about DES is directly
-applicable for IDEA.
-
-
-==== legal.doc ========================================================
-
-From eay at mincom.com Thu Jun 27 00:25:45 1996
-Received: by orb.mincom.oz.au id AA15821
- (5.65c/IDA-1.4.4 for eay); Wed, 26 Jun 1996 14:25:45 +1000
-Date: Wed, 26 Jun 1996 14:25:45 +1000 (EST)
-From: Eric Young <eay at mincom.oz.au>
-X-Sender: eay at orb
-To: Ken Toll <ktoll at ren.digitalage.com>
-Cc: Eric Young <eay at mincom.oz.au>, ssl-talk at netscape.com
-Subject: Re: Unidentified subject!
-In-Reply-To: <9606261950.ZM28943 at ren.digitalage.com>
-Message-Id: <Pine.SOL.3.91.960626131156.28573K-100000 at orb>
-Mime-Version: 1.0
-Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII
-Status: O
-X-Status:
-
-
-This is a little off topic but since SSLeay is a free implementation of
-the SSLv2 protocol, I feel it is worth responding on the topic of if it
-is actually legal for Americans to use free cryptographic software.
-
-On Wed, 26 Jun 1996, Ken Toll wrote:
-> Is the U.S the only country that SSLeay cannot be used commercially
-> (because of RSAref) or is that going to be an issue with every country
-> that a client/server application (non-web browser/server) is deployed
-> and sold?
-
->From what I understand, the software patents that apply to algorithms
-like RSA and DH only apply in the USA. The IDEA algorithm I believe is
-patened in europe (USA?), but considing how little it is used by other SSL
-implementations, it quite easily be left out of the SSLeay build
-(this can be done with a compile flag).
-
-Actually if the RSA patent did apply outside the USA, it could be rather
-interesting since RSA is not alowed to let RSA toolkits outside of the USA
-[1], and since these are the only forms that they will alow the algorithm
-to be used in, it would mean that non-one outside of the USA could produce
-public key software which would be a very strong statment for
-international patent law to make :-). This logic is a little flawed but
-it still points out some of the more interesting permutations of USA
-patent law and ITAR restrictions.
-
-Inside the USA there is also the unresolved issue of RC4/RC2 which were
-made public on sci.crypt in Sep 1994 (RC4) and Feb 1996 (RC2). I have
-copies of the original postings if people are interested. RSA I believe
-claim that they were 'trade-secrets' and that some-one broke an NDA in
-revealing them. Other claim they reverse engineered the algorithms from
-compiled binaries. If the algorithms were reverse engineered, I believe
-RSA had no legal leg to stand on. If an NDA was broken, I don't know.
-Regardless, RSA, I believe, is willing to go to court over the issue so
-licencing is probably the best idea, or at least talk to them.
-If there are people who actually know more about this, pease let me know, I
-don't want to vilify or spread miss-information if I can help it.
-
-If you are not producing a web browser, it is easy to build SSLeay with
-RC2/RC4 removed. Since RC4 is the defacto standard cipher in
-all web software (and it is damn fast) it is more or less required for
-www use. For non www use of SSL, especially for an application where
-interoperability with other vendors is not critical just leave it out.
-
-Removing IDEA, RC2 and RC4 would only leave DES and Triple DES but
-they should be ok. Considing that Triple DES can encrypt at rates of
-410k/sec on a pentium 100, and 940k/sec on a P6/200, this is quite
-reasonable performance. Single DES clocks in at 1160k/s and 2467k/s
-respectivly is actually quite fast for those not so paranoid (56 bit key).[1]
-
-> Is it possible to get a certificate for commercial use outside of the U.S.?
-yes.
-
-Thawte Consulting issues certificates (they are the people who sell the
- Sioux httpd server and are based in South Africa)
-Verisign will issue certificates for Sioux (sold from South Africa), so this
- proves that they will issue certificate for OS use if they are
- happy with the quality of the software.
-
-(The above mentioned companies just the ones that I know for sure are issuing
- certificates outside the USA).
-
-There is always the point that if you are using SSL for an intra net,
-SSLeay provides programs that can be used so you can issue your own
-certificates. They need polishing but at least it is a good starting point.
-
-I am not doing anything outside Australian law by implementing these
-algorithms (to the best of my knowedge). It is another example of how
-the world legal system does not cope with the internet very well.
-
-I may start making shared libraries available (I have now got DLL's for
-Windows). This will mean that distributions into the usa could be
-shipped with a version with a reduced cipher set and the versions outside
-could use the DLL/shared library with all the ciphers (and without RSAref).
-
-This could be completly hidden from the application, so this would not
-even require a re-linking.
-
-This is the reverse of what people were talking about doing to get around
-USA export regulations :-)
-
-eric
-
-[1]: The RSAref2.0 tookit is available on at least 3 ftp sites in Europe
- and one in South Africa.
-
-[2]: Since I always get questions when I post benchmark numbers :-),
- DES performace figures are in 1000's of bytes per second in cbc
- mode using an 8192 byte buffer. The pentium 100 was running Windows NT
- 3.51 DLLs and the 686/200 was running NextStep.
- I quote pentium 100 benchmarks because it is basically the
- 'entry level' computer that most people buy for personal use.
- Windows 95 is the OS shipping on those boxes, so I'll give
- NT numbers (the same Win32 runtime environment). The 686
- numbers are present as an indication of where we will be in a
- few years.
---
-Eric Young | BOOL is tri-state according to Bill Gates.
-AARNet: eay at mincom.oz.au | RTFM Win32 GetMessage().
-
-
-
-==== lhash.doc ========================================================
-
-The LHASH library.
-
-I wrote this library in 1991 and have since forgotten why I called it lhash.
-It implements a hash table from an article I read at the
-time from 'Communications of the ACM'. What makes this hash
-table different is that as the table fills, the hash table is
-increased (or decreased) in size via realloc().
-When a 'resize' is done, instead of all hashes being redistributed over
-twice as many 'buckets', one bucket is split. So when an 'expand' is done,
-there is only a minimal cost to redistribute some values. Subsequent
-inserts will cause more single 'bucket' redistributions but there will
-never be a sudden large cost due to redistributing all the 'buckets'.
-
-The state for a particular hash table is kept in the LHASH structure.
-The LHASH structure also records statistics about most aspects of accessing
-the hash table. This is mostly a legacy of my writing this library for
-the reasons of implementing what looked like a nice algorithm rather than
-for a particular software product.
-
-Internal stuff you probably don't want to know about.
-The decision to increase or decrease the hash table size is made depending
-on the 'load' of the hash table. The load is the number of items in the
-hash table divided by the size of the hash table. The default values are
-as follows. If (hash->up_load < load) => expand.
-if (hash->down_load > load) => contract. The 'up_load' has a default value of
-1 and 'down_load' has a default value of 2. These numbers can be modified
-by the application by just playing with the 'up_load' and 'down_load'
-variables. The 'load' is kept in a form which is multiplied by 256. So
-hash->up_load=8*256; will cause a load of 8 to be set.
-
-If you are interested in performance the field to watch is
-num_comp_calls. The hash library keeps track of the 'hash' value for
-each item so when a lookup is done, the 'hashes' are compared, if
-there is a match, then a full compare is done, and
-hash->num_comp_calls is incremented. If num_comp_calls is not equal
-to num_delete plus num_retrieve it means that your hash function is
-generating hashes that are the same for different values. It is
-probably worth changing your hash function if this is the case because
-even if your hash table has 10 items in a 'bucked', it can be searched
-with 10 'unsigned long' compares and 10 linked list traverses. This
-will be much less expensive that 10 calls to you compare function.
-
-LHASH *lh_new(
-unsigned long (*hash)(),
-int (*cmp)());
- This function is used to create a new LHASH structure. It is passed
- function pointers that are used to store and retrieve values passed
- into the hash table. The 'hash'
- function is a hashing function that will return a hashed value of
- it's passed structure. 'cmp' is passed 2 parameters, it returns 0
- is they are equal, otherwise, non zero.
- If there are any problems (usually malloc failures), NULL is
- returned, otherwise a new LHASH structure is returned. The
- hash value is normally truncated to a power of 2, so make sure
- that your hash function returns well mixed low order bits.
-
-void lh_free(
-LHASH *lh);
- This function free()s a LHASH structure. If there is malloced
- data in the hash table, it will not be freed. Consider using the
- lh_doall function to deallocate any remaining entries in the hash
- table.
-
-char *lh_insert(
-LHASH *lh,
-char *data);
- This function inserts the data pointed to by data into the lh hash
- table. If there is already and entry in the hash table entry, the
- value being replaced is returned. A NULL is returned if the new
- entry does not clash with an entry already in the table (the normal
- case) or on a malloc() failure (perhaps I should change this....).
- The 'char *data' is exactly what is passed to the hash and
- comparison functions specified in lh_new().
-
-char *lh_delete(
-LHASH *lh,
-char *data);
- This routine deletes an entry from the hash table. The value being
- deleted is returned. NULL is returned if there is no such value in
- the hash table.
-
-char *lh_retrieve(
-LHASH *lh,
-char *data);
- If 'data' is in the hash table it is returned, else NULL is
- returned. The way these routines would normally be uses is that a
- dummy structure would have key fields populated and then
- ret=lh_retrieve(hash,&dummy);. Ret would now be a pointer to a fully
- populated structure.
-
-void lh_doall(
-LHASH *lh,
-void (*func)(char *a));
- This function will, for every entry in the hash table, call function
- 'func' with the data item as parameters.
- This function can be quite useful when used as follows.
- void cleanup(STUFF *a)
- { STUFF_free(a); }
- lh_doall(hash,cleanup);
- lh_free(hash);
- This can be used to free all the entries, lh_free() then
- cleans up the 'buckets' that point to nothing. Be careful
- when doing this. If you delete entries from the hash table,
- in the call back function, the table may decrease in size,
- moving item that you are
- currently on down lower in the hash table. This could cause
- some entries to be skipped. The best solution to this problem
- is to set lh->down_load=0 before you start. This will stop
- the hash table ever being decreased in size.
-
-void lh_doall_arg(
-LHASH *lh;
-void(*func)(char *a,char *arg));
-char *arg;
- This function is the same as lh_doall except that the function
- called will be passed 'arg' as the second argument.
-
-unsigned long lh_strhash(
-char *c);
- This function is a demo string hashing function. Since the LHASH
- routines would normally be passed structures, this routine would
- not normally be passed to lh_new(), rather it would be used in the
- function passed to lh_new().
-
-The next three routines print out various statistics about the state of the
-passed hash table. These numbers are all kept in the lhash structure.
-
-void lh_stats(
-LHASH *lh,
-FILE *out);
- This function prints out statistics on the size of the hash table,
- how many entries are in it, and the number and result of calls to
- the routines in this library.
-
-void lh_node_stats(
-LHASH *lh,
-FILE *out);
- For each 'bucket' in the hash table, the number of entries is
- printed.
-
-void lh_node_usage_stats(
-LHASH *lh,
-FILE *out);
- This function prints out a short summary of the state of the hash
- table. It prints what I call the 'load' and the 'actual load'.
- The load is the average number of data items per 'bucket' in the
- hash table. The 'actual load' is the average number of items per
- 'bucket', but only for buckets which contain entries. So the
- 'actual load' is the average number of searches that will need to
- find an item in the hash table, while the 'load' is the average number
- that will be done to record a miss.
-
-==== md2.doc ========================================================
-
-The MD2 library.
-MD2 is a message digest algorithm that can be used to condense an arbitrary
-length message down to a 16 byte hash. The functions all need to be passed
-a MD2_CTX which is used to hold the MD2 context during multiple MD2_Update()
-function calls. The normal method of use for this library is as follows
-
-MD2_Init(...);
-MD2_Update(...);
-...
-MD2_Update(...);
-MD2_Final(...);
-
-This library requires the inclusion of 'md2.h'.
-
-The main negative about MD2 is that it is slow, especially when compared
-to MD5.
-
-The functions are as follows:
-
-void MD2_Init(
-MD2_CTX *c);
- This function needs to be called to initiate a MD2_CTX structure for
- use.
-
-void MD2_Update(
-MD2_CTX *c;
-unsigned char *data;
-unsigned long len);
- This updates the message digest context being generated with 'len'
- bytes from the 'data' pointer. The number of bytes can be any
- length.
-
-void MD2_Final(
-unsigned char *md;
-MD2_CTX *c;
- This function is called when a message digest of the data digested
- with MD2_Update() is wanted. The message digest is put in the 'md'
- array and is MD2_DIGEST_LENGTH (16) bytes long.
-
-unsigned char *MD2(
-unsigned long n;
-unsigned char *d;
-unsigned char *md;
- This function performs a MD2_Init(), followed by a MD2_Update()
- followed by a MD2_Final() (using a local MD2_CTX).
- The resulting digest is put into 'md' if it is not NULL.
- Regardless of the value of 'md', the message
- digest is returned from the function. If 'md' was NULL, the message
- digest returned is being stored in a static structure.
-
-==== md5.doc ========================================================
-
-The MD5 library.
-MD5 is a message digest algorithm that can be used to condense an arbitrary
-length message down to a 16 byte hash. The functions all need to be passed
-a MD5_CTX which is used to hold the MD5 context during multiple MD5_Update()
-function calls. This library also contains random number routines that are
-based on MD5
-
-The normal method of use for this library is as follows
-
-MD5_Init(...);
-MD5_Update(...);
-...
-MD5_Update(...);
-MD5_Final(...);
-
-This library requires the inclusion of 'md5.h'.
-
-The functions are as follows:
-
-void MD5_Init(
-MD5_CTX *c);
- This function needs to be called to initiate a MD5_CTX structure for
- use.
-
-void MD5_Update(
-MD5_CTX *c;
-unsigned char *data;
-unsigned long len);
- This updates the message digest context being generated with 'len'
- bytes from the 'data' pointer. The number of bytes can be any
- length.
-
-void MD5_Final(
-unsigned char *md;
-MD5_CTX *c;
- This function is called when a message digest of the data digested
- with MD5_Update() is wanted. The message digest is put in the 'md'
- array and is MD5_DIGEST_LENGTH (16) bytes long.
-
-unsigned char *MD5(
-unsigned char *d;
-unsigned long n;
-unsigned char *md;
- This function performs a MD5_Init(), followed by a MD5_Update()
- followed by a MD5_Final() (using a local MD5_CTX).
- The resulting digest is put into 'md' if it is not NULL.
- Regardless of the value of 'md', the message
- digest is returned from the function. If 'md' was NULL, the message
- digest returned is being stored in a static structure.
-
-
-==== memory.doc ========================================================
-
-In the interests of debugging SSLeay, there is an option to compile
-using some simple memory leak checking.
-
-All malloc(), free() and realloc() calls in SSLeay now go via
-Malloc(), Free() and Realloc() (except those in crypto/lhash).
-
-If CRYPTO_MDEBUG is defined, these calls are #defined to
-CRYPTO_malloc(), CRYPTO_free() and CRYPTO_realloc().
-If it is not defined, they are #defined to malloc(), free() and realloc().
-
-the CRYPTO_malloc() routines by default just call the underlying library
-functions.
-
-If CRYPTO_mem_ctrl(CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_ON) is called, memory leak detection is
-turned on. CRYPTO_mem_ctrl(CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_OFF) turns it off.
-
-When turned on, each Malloc() or Realloc() call is recored along with the file
-and line number from where the call was made. (This is done using the
-lhash library which always uses normal system malloc(3) routines).
-
-void CRYPTO_mem_leaks(BIO *b);
-void CRYPTO_mem_leaks_fp(FILE *fp);
-These both print out the list of memory that has not been free()ed.
-This will probably be rather hard to read, but if you look for the 'top level'
-structure allocation, this will often give an idea as to what is not being
-free()ed. I don't expect people to use this stuff normally.
-
-==== ca.1 ========================================================
-
-From eay at orb.mincom.oz.au Thu Dec 28 23:56:45 1995
-Received: by orb.mincom.oz.au id AA07374
- (5.65c/IDA-1.4.4 for eay); Thu, 28 Dec 1995 13:56:45 +1000
-Date: Thu, 28 Dec 1995 13:56:45 +1000 (EST)
-From: Eric Young <eay at mincom.oz.au>
-X-Sender: eay at orb
-To: sameer <sameer at c2.org>
-Cc: ssleay at mincom.oz.au
-Subject: Re: 'ca'
-In-Reply-To: <199512230440.UAA23410 at infinity.c2.org>
-Message-Id: <Pine.SOL.3.91.951228133525.7269A-100000 at orb>
-Mime-Version: 1.0
-Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII
-Status: RO
-X-Status:
-
-On Fri, 22 Dec 1995, sameer wrote:
-> I could use documentation on 'ca'. Thanks.
-
-Very quickly.
-The ca program uses the ssleay.conf file for most of its configuration
-
-./ca -help
-
- -verbose - Talk a lot while doing things
- -config file - A config file. If you don't want to use the
- default config file
- -name arg - The particular CA definition to use
- In the config file, the section to use for parameters. This lets
- multiple setups to be contained in the one file. By default, the
- default_ca variable is looked up in the [ ca ] section. So in the
- shipped ssleay.conf, the CA definition used is CA_default. It could be
- any other name.
- -gencrl days - Generate a new CRL, days is when the next CRL is due
- This will generate a new certificate revocion list.
- -days arg - number of days to certify the certificate for
- When certifiying certificates, this is the number of days to use.
- -md arg - md to use, one of md2, md5, sha or sha1
- -policy arg - The CA 'policy' to support
- I'll describe this later, but there are 2 policies definied in the
- shipped ssleay.conf
- -keyfile arg - PEM RSA private key file
- -key arg - key to decode the RSA private key if it is encrypted
- since we need to keep the CA's RSA key encrypted
- -cert - The CA certificate
- -in file - The input PEM encoded certificate request(s)
- -out file - Where to put the output file(s)
- -outdir dir - Where to put output certificates
- The -out options concatinates all the output certificied
- certificates to one file, -outdir puts them in a directory,
- named by serial number.
- -infiles .... - The last argument, requests to process
- The certificate requests to process, -in is the same.
-
-Just about all the above have default values defined in ssleay.conf.
-
-The key variables in ssleay.conf are (for the pariticular '-name' being
-used, in the default, it is CA_default).
-
-dir is where all the CA database stuff is kept.
-certs is where all the previously issued certificates are kept.
-The database is a simple text database containing the following tab separated
-fields.
-status: a value of 'R' - revoked, 'E' -expired or 'V' valid.
-issued date: When the certificate was certified.
-revoked date: When it was revoked, blank if not revoked.
-serial number: The certificate serial number.
-certificate: Where the certificate is located.
-CN: The name of the certificate.
-
-The demo file has quite a few made up values it it. The last 2 were
-added by the ca program and are acurate.
-The CA program does not update the 'certificate' file correctly right now.
-The serial field should be unique as should the CN/status combination.
-The ca program checks these at startup. What still needs to be
-wrtten is a program to 'regenerate' the data base file from the issued
-certificate list (and a CRL list).
-
-Back to the CA_default variables.
-
-Most of the variables are commented.
-
-policy is the default policy.
-
-Ok for policies, they define the order and which fields must be present
-in the certificate request and what gets filled in.
-
-So a value of
-countryName = match
-means that the country name must match the CA certificate.
-organizationalUnitName = optional
-The org.Unit,Name does not have to be present and
-commonName = supplied
-commonName must be supplied in the certificate request.
-
-For the 'policy_match' polocy, the order of the attributes in the
-generated certiticate would be
-countryName
-stateOrProvinceName
-organizationName
-organizationalUnitName
-commonName
-emailAddress
-
-Have a play, it sort of makes sense. If you think about how the persona
-requests operate, it is similar to the 'policy_match' policy and the
-'policy_anything' is similar to what versign is doing.
-
-I hope this helps a bit. Some backend scripts are definitly needed to
-update the database and to make certificate revocion easy. All
-certificates issued should also be kept forever (or until they expire?)
-
-hope this helps
-eric (who has to run off an buy some cheap knee pads for the caving in 4
-days time :-)
-
---
-Eric Young | Signature removed since it was generating
-AARNet: eay at mincom.oz.au | more followups than the message contents :-)
-
-
-==== ms3-ca.doc ========================================================
-
-Date: Mon, 9 Jun 97 08:00:33 +0200
-From: Holger.Reif at PrakInf.TU-Ilmenau.DE (Holger Reif)
-Subject: ms3-ca.doc
-Organization: TU Ilmenau, Fak. IA, FG Telematik
-Content-Length: 14575
-Status: RO
-X-Status:
-
-Loading client certs into MSIE 3.01
-===================================
-
-This document contains all the information necessary to successfully set up
-some scripts to issue client certs to Microsoft Internet Explorer. It
-includes the required knowledge about the model MSIE uses for client
-certification and includes complete sample scripts ready to play with. The
-scripts were tested against a modified ca program of SSLeay 0.6.6 and should
-work with the regular ca program that comes with version 0.8.0. I haven't
-tested against MSIE 4.0
-
-You can use the information contained in this document in either way you
-want. However if you feel it saved you a lot of time I ask you to be as fair
-as to mention my name: Holger Reif <reif at prakinf.tu-ilmenau.de>.
-
-1.) The model used by MSIE
---------------------------
-
-The Internet Explorer doesn't come with a embedded engine for installing
-client certs like Netscape's Navigator. It rather uses the CryptoAPI (CAPI)
-defined by Microsoft. CAPI comes with WindowsNT 4.0 or is installed together
-with Internet Explorer since 3.01. The advantage of this approach is a higher
-flexibility because the certificates in the (per user) system open
-certificate store may be used by other applications as well. The drawback
-however is that you need to do a bit more work to get a client cert issued.
-
-CAPI defines functions which will handle basic cryptographic work, eg.
-generating keys, encrypting some data, signing text or building a certificate
-request. The procedure is as follows: A CAPI function generates you a key
-pair and saves it into the certificate store. After that one builds a
-Distinguished Name. Together with that key pair another CAPI function forms a
-PKCS#10 request which you somehow need to submit to a CA. Finally the issued
-cert is given to a yet another CAPI function which saves it into the
-certificate store.
-
-The certificate store with the user's keys and certs is in the registry. You
-will find it under HKEY_CURRENT_USER/Software/Microsoft/Cryptography/ (I
-leave it to you as a little exercise to figure out what all the entries mean
-;-). Note that the keys are protected only with the user's usual Windows
-login password.
-
-2.) The practical usage
------------------------
-
-Unfortunately since CAPI is a system API you can't access its functions from
-HTML code directly. For this purpose Microsoft provides a wrapper called
-certenr3.dll. This DLL accesses the CAPI functions and provides an interface
-usable from Visual Basic Script. One needs to install that library on the
-computer which wants to have client cert. The easiest way is to load it as an
-ActiveX control (certenr3.dll is properly authenticode signed by MS ;-). If
-you have ever enrolled e cert request at a CA you will have installed it.
-
-At time of writing certenr3.dll is contained in
-http://www.microsoft.com/workshop/prog/security/csa/certenr3.exe. It comes
-with an README file which explains the available functions. It is labeled
-beta but every CA seems to use it anyway. The license.txt allows you the
-usage for your own purposes (as far as I understood) and a somehow limited
-distribution.
-
-The two functions of main interest are GenerateKeyPair and AcceptCredentials.
-For complete explanation of all possible parameters see the README file. Here
-are only minimal required parameters and their values.
-
-GenerateKeyPair(sessionID, FASLE, szName, 0, "ClientAuth", TRUE, FALSE, 1)
-- sessionID is a (locally to that computer) unique string to correlate the
-generated key pair with a cert installed later.
-- szName is the DN of the form "C=DE; S=Thueringen; L=Ilmenau; CN=Holger
-Reif; 1.2.840.113549.1.9.1=reif at prakinf.tu-ilmenau.de". Note that S is the
-abreviation for StateOrProvince. The recognized abreviation include CN, O, C,
-OU, G, I, L, S, T. If the abreviation is unknown (eg. for PKCS#9 email addr)
-you need to use the full object identifier. The starting point for searching
-them could be crypto/objects.h since all OIDs know to SSLeay are listed
-there.
-- note: the possible ninth parameter which should give a default name to the
-certificate storage location doesn't seem to work. Changes to the constant
-values in the call above doesn't seem to make sense. You can't generate
-PKCS#10 extensions with that function.
-
-The result of GenerateKeyPair is the base64 encoded PKCS#10 request. However
-it has a little strange format that SSLeay doesn't accept. (BTW I feel the
-decision of rejecting that format as standard conforming.) It looks like
-follows:
- 1st line with 76 chars
- 2nd line with 76 chars
- ...
- (n-2)th line with 76 chars
- (n-1)th line contains a multiple of 4 chars less then 76 (possible
-empty)
- (n)th line has zero or 4 chars (then with 1 or 2 equal signs - the
- original text's lenght wasn'T a multiple of 3)
- The line separator has two chars: 0x0d 0x0a
-
-AcceptCredentials(sessionID, credentials, 0, FALSE)
-- sessionID needs to be the same as while generating the key pair
-- credentials is the base64 encoded PKCS#7 object containing the cert.
-
-CRL's and CA certs are not required simply just the client cert. (It seems to
-me that both are not even checked somehow.) The only format of the base64
-encoded object I successfully used was all characters in a very long string
-without line feeds or carriage returns. (Hey, it doesn't matter, only a
-computer reads it!)
-
-The result should be S_OK. For error handling see the example that comes with
-certenr3.dll.
-
-A note about ASN.1 character encodings. certenr3.dll seems to know only about
-2 of them: UniversalString and PrintableString. First it is definitely wrong
-for an email address which is IA5STRING (checked by ssleay's ca). Second
-unfortunately MSIE (at least until version 3.02) can't handle UniversalString
-correctly - they just blow up you cert store! Therefore ssleay's ca (starting
-from version 0.8.0) tries to convert the encodings automatically to IA5STRING
-or TeletexString. The beef is it will work only for the latin-1 (western)
-charset. Microsoft still has to do abit of homework...
-
-3.) An example
---------------
-
-At least you need two steps: generating the key & request and then installing
-the certificate. A real world CA would have some more steps involved, eg.
-accepting some license. Note that both scripts shown below are just
-experimental state without any warrenty!
-
-First how to generate a request. Note that we can't use a static page because
-of the sessionID. I generate it from system time plus pid and hope it is
-unique enough. Your are free to feed it through md5 to get more impressive
-ID's ;-) Then the intended text is read in with sed which inserts the
-sessionID.
-
------BEGIN ms-enroll.cgi-----
-#!/bin/sh
-SESSION_ID=`date '+%y%m%d%H%M%S'`$$
-echo Content-type: text/html
-echo
-sed s/template_for_sessId/$SESSION_ID/ <<EOF
-<HTML><HEAD>
-<TITLE>Certificate Enrollment Test Page</TITLE>
-</HEAD><BODY>
-
-<OBJECT
- classid="clsid:33BEC9E0-F78F-11cf-B782-00C04FD7BF43"
- codebase=certenr3.dll
- id=certHelper
- >
-</OBJECT>
-
-<CENTER>
-<H2>enrollment for a personal cert</H2>
-<BR><HR WIDTH=50%><BR><P>
-<FORM NAME="MSIE_Enrollment" ACTION="ms-gencert.cgi" ENCTYPE=x-www-form-
-encoded METHOD=POST>
-<TABLE>
- <TR><TD>Country</TD><TD><INPUT NAME="Country" VALUE=""></TD></TR>
- <TR><TD>State</TD><TD><INPUT NAME="StateOrProvince" VALUE=""></TD></TR>
- <TR><TD>Location</TD><TD><INPUT NAME="Location" VALUE=""></TD></TR>
- <TR><TD>Organization</TD><TD><INPUT NAME="Organization"
-VALUE=""></TD></TR>
- <TR><TD>Organizational Unit</TD>
- <TD><INPUT NAME="OrganizationalUnit" VALUE=""></TD></TR>
- <TR><TD>Name</TD><TD><INPUT NAME="CommonName" VALUE=""></TD></TR>
- <TR><TD>eMail Address</TD>
- <TD><INPUT NAME="EmailAddress" VALUE=""></TD></TR>
- <TR><TD></TD>
- <TD><INPUT TYPE="BUTTON" NAME="submit" VALUE="Beantragen"></TD></TR>
-</TABLE>
- <INPUT TYPE="hidden" NAME="SessionId" VALUE="template_for_sessId">
- <INPUT TYPE="hidden" NAME="Request" VALUE="">
-</FORM>
-<BR><HR WIDTH=50%><BR><P>
-</CENTER>
-
-<SCRIPT LANGUAGE=VBS>
- Dim DN
-
- Sub Submit_OnClick
- Dim TheForm
- Set TheForm = Document.MSIE_Enrollment
- sessionId = TheForm.SessionId.value
- reqHardware = FALSE
- C = TheForm.Country.value
- SP = TheForm.StateOrProvince.value
- L = TheForm.Location.value
- O = TheForm.Organization.value
- OU = TheForm.OrganizationalUnit.value
- CN = TheForm.CommonName.value
- Email = TheForm.EmailAddress.value
- szPurpose = "ClientAuth"
- doAcceptanceUINow = FALSE
- doOnline = TRUE
-
- DN = ""
-
- Call Add_RDN("C", C)
- Call Add_RDN("S", SP)
- Call Add_RDN("L", L)
- Call Add_RDN("O", O)
- Call Add_RDN("OU", OU)
- Call Add_RDN("CN", CN)
- Call Add_RDN("1.2.840.113549.1.9.1", Email)
- ' rsadsi
- ' pkcs
- ' pkcs9
- ' eMailAddress
- On Error Resume Next
- sz10 = certHelper.GenerateKeyPair(sessionId, _
- FALSE, DN, 0, ClientAuth, FASLE, TRUE, 1)_
- theError = Err.Number
- On Error Goto 0
- if (sz10 = Empty OR theError <> 0) Then
- sz = "The error '" & Hex(theError) & "' occurred." & chr(13) & _
- chr(10) & "Your credentials could not be generated."
- result = MsgBox(sz, 0, "Credentials Enrollment")
- Exit Sub
- else
- TheForm.Request.value = sz10
- TheForm.Submit
- end if
- End Sub
-
- Sub Add_RDN(sn, value)
- if (value <> "") then
- if (DN <> "") then
- DN = DN & "; "
- end if
- DN = DN & sn & "=" & value
- end if
- End Sub
-</SCRIPT>
-</BODY>
-</HTML>
-EOF
------END ms-enroll.cgi-----
-
-Second, how to extract the request and feed the certificate back? We need to
-"normalize" the base64 encoding of the PKCS#10 format which means
-regenerating the lines and wrapping with BEGIN and END line. This is done by
-gawk. The request is taken by ca the normal way. Then the cert needs to be
-packed into a PKCS#7 structure (note: the use of a CRL is necessary for
-crl2pkcs7 as of version 0.6.6. Starting with 0.8.0 it it might probably be
-ommited). Finally we need to format the PKCS#7 object and generate the HTML
-text. I use two templates to have a clearer script.
-
-1st note: postit2 is slightly modified from a program I found at ncsa's ftp
-site. Grab it from http://www.easterngraphics.com/certs/IX9704/postit2.c. You
-need utils.c from there too.
-
-2nd note: I'm note quite sure whether the gawk script really handles all
-possible inputs for the request right! Today I don't use this construction
-anymore myself.
-
-3d note: the cert must be of version 3! This could be done with the nsComment
-line in ssleay.cnf...
-
-------BEGIN ms-gencert.cgi-----
-#!/bin/sh
-FILE="/tmp/"`date '+%y%m%d%H%M%S'-`$$
-rm -f "$FILE".*
-
-HOME=`pwd`; export HOME # as ssleay.cnf insists on having such an env var
-cd /usr/local/ssl #where demoCA (as named in ssleay.conf) is located
-
-postit2 -s " " -i 0x0d > "$FILE".inp # process the FORM vars
-
-SESSION_ID=`gawk '$1 == "SessionId" { print $2; exit }' "$FILE".inp`
-
-gawk \
- 'BEGIN { \
- OFS = ""; \
- print "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST-----"; \
- req_seen=0 \
- } \
- $1 == "Request" { \
- req_seen=1; \
- if (length($2) == 72) print($2); \
- lastline=$2; \
- next; \
- } \
- { \
- if (req_seen == 1) { \
- if (length($1) >= 72) print($1); \
- else if (length(lastline) < 72) { \
- req_seen=0; \
- print (lastline,$1); \
- } \
- lastline=$1; \
- } \
- } \
- END { \
- print "-----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST-----"; \
- }' > "$FILE".pem < "$FILE".inp
-
-ssleay ca -batch -in "$FILE".pem -key passwd -out "$FILE".out
-ssleay crl2pkcs7 -certfile "$FILE".out -out "$FILE".pkcs7 -in demoCA/crl.pem
-
-sed s/template_for_sessId/$SESSION_ID/ <ms-enroll2a.html >"$FILE".cert
-/usr/local/bin/gawk \
- 'BEGIN { \
- OFS = ""; \
- dq = sprintf("%c",34); \
- } \
- $0 ~ "PKCS7" { next; } \
- { \
- print dq$0dq" & _"; \
- }' <"$FILE".pkcs7 >> "$FILE".cert
-cat ms-enroll2b.html >>"$FILE".cert
-
-echo Content-type: text/html
-echo Content-length: `wc -c "$FILE".cert`
-echo
-cat "$FILE".cert
-rm -f "$FILE".*
------END ms-gencert.cgi-----
-
-----BEGIN ms-enroll2a.html----
-<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Certificate Acceptance Test Page</TITLE></HEAD><BODY>
-
-<OBJECT
- classid="clsid:33BEC9E0-F78F-11cf-B782-00C04FD7BF43"
- codebase=certenr3.dll
- id=certHelper
- >
-</OBJECT>
-
-<CENTER>
-<H2>Your personal certificate</H2>
-<BR><HR WIDTH=50%><BR><P>
-Press the button!
-<P><INPUT TYPE=BUTTON VALUE="Nimm mich!" NAME="InstallCert">
-</CENTER>
-<BR><HR WIDTH=50%><BR>
-
-<SCRIPT LANGUAGE=VBS>
- Sub InstallCert_OnClick
-
- sessionId = "template_for_sessId"
-credentials = "" & _
-----END ms-enroll2a.html----
-
-----BEGIN ms-enroll2b.html----
-""
- On Error Resume Next
- result = certHelper.AcceptCredentials(sessionId, credentials, 0,
-FALSE)
- if (IsEmpty(result)) Then
- sz = "The error '" & Err.Number & "' occurred." & chr(13) &
-chr(10) & "This Digital ID could not be registered."
- msgOut = MsgBox(sz, 0, "Credentials Registration Error")
- navigate "error.html"
- else
- sz = "Digital ID successfully registered."
- msgOut = MsgBox(sz, 0, "Credentials Registration")
- navigate "success.html"
- end if
- Exit Sub
- End Sub
-</SCRIPT>
-</BODY>
-</HTML>
-----END ms-enroll2b.html----
-
-4.) What do do with the cert?
------------------------------
-
-The cert is visible (without restarting MSIE) under the following menu:
-View->Options->Security->Personal certs. You can examine it's contents at
-least partially.
-
-To use it for client authentication you need to use SSL3.0 (fortunately
-SSLeay supports it with 0.8.0). Furthermore MSIE is told to only supports a
-kind of automatic selection of certs (I personally wasn't able to test it
-myself). But there is a requirement that the issuer of the server cert and
-the issuer of the client cert needs to be the same (according to a developer
-from MS). Which means: you need may more then one cert to talk to all
-servers...
-
-I'm sure we will get a bit more experience after ApacheSSL is available for
-SSLeay 0.8.8.
-
-
-I hope you enjoyed reading and that in future questions on this topic will
-rarely appear on ssl-users at moncom.com ;-)
-
-Ilmenau, 9th of June 1997
-Holger Reif <reif at prakinf.tu-ilmenau.de>
---
-read you later - Holger Reif
----------------------------------------- Signaturprojekt Deutsche Einheit
-TU Ilmenau - Informatik - Telematik (Verdamp lang her)
-Holger.Reif at PrakInf.TU-Ilmenau.DE Alt wie ein Baum werden, um ueber
-http://Remus.PrakInf.TU-Ilmenau.DE/Reif/ alle 7 Bruecken gehen zu koennen
-
-
-==== ns-ca.doc ========================================================
-
-The following documentation was supplied by Jeff Barber, who provided the
-patch to the CA program to add this functionality.
-
-eric
---
-Jeff Barber Email: jeffb at issl.atl.hp.com
-
-Hewlett Packard Phone: (404) 648-9503
-Internet and System Security Lab Fax: (404) 648-9516
-
- oo
----------------------cut /\ here for ns-ca.doc ------------------------------
-
-This document briefly describes how to use SSLeay to implement a
-certificate authority capable of dynamically serving up client
-certificates for version 3.0 beta 5 (and presumably later) versions of
-the Netscape Navigator. Before describing how this is done, it's
-important to understand a little about how the browser implements its
-client certificate support. This is documented in some detail in the
-URLs based at <URL:http://home.netscape.com/eng/security/certs.html>.
-Here's a brief overview:
-
-- The Navigator supports a new HTML tag "KEYGEN" which will cause
- the browser to generate an RSA key pair when you submit a form
- containing the tag. The public key, along with an optional
- challenge (supposedly provided for use in certificate revocation
- but I don't use it) is signed, DER-encoded, base-64 encoded
- and sent to the web server as the value of the variable
- whose NAME is provided in the KEYGEN tag. The private key is
- stored by the browser in a local key database.
-
- This "Signed Public Key And Challenge" (SPKAC) arrives formatted
- into 64 character lines (which are of course URL-encoded when
- sent via HTTP -- i.e. spaces, newlines and most punctuatation are
- encoded as "%HH" where HH is the hex equivalent of the ASCII code).
- Note that the SPKAC does not contain the other usual attributes
- of a certificate request, especially the subject name fields.
- These must be otherwise encoded in the form for submission along
- with the SPKAC.
-
-- Either immediately (in response to this form submission), or at
- some later date (a real CA will probably verify your identity in
- some way before issuing the certificate), a web server can send a
- certificate based on the public key and other attributes back to
- the browser by encoding it in DER (the binary form) and sending it
- to the browser as MIME type:
- "Content-type: application/x-x509-user-cert"
-
- The browser uses the public key encoded in the certificate to
- associate the certificate with the appropriate private key in
- its local key database. Now, the certificate is "installed".
-
-- When a server wants to require authentication based on client
- certificates, it uses the right signals via the SSL protocol to
- trigger the Navigator to ask you which certificate you want to
- send. Whether the certificate is accepted is dependent on CA
- certificates and so forth installed in the server and is beyond
- the scope of this document.
-
-
-Now, here's how the SSLeay package can be used to provide client
-certficates:
-
-- You prepare a file for input to the SSLeay ca application.
- The file contains a number of "name = value" pairs that identify
- the subject. The names here are the same subject name component
- identifiers used in the CA section of the lib/ssleay.conf file,
- such as "emailAddress", "commonName" "organizationName" and so
- forth. Both the long version and the short version (e.g. "Email",
- "CN", "O") can be used.
-
- One more name is supported: this one is "SPKAC". Its value
- is simply the value of the base-64 encoded SPKAC sent by the
- browser (with all the newlines and other space charaters
- removed -- and newline escapes are NOT supported).
-
- [ As of SSLeay 0.6.4, multiple lines are supported.
- Put a \ at the end of each line and it will be joined with the
- previous line with the '\n' removed - eay ]
-
- Here's a sample input file:
-
-C = US
-SP = Georgia
-O = Some Organization, Inc.
-OU = Netscape Compatibility Group
-CN = John X. Doe
-Email = jxdoe at someorg.com
-SPKAC = MIG0MGAwXDANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAANLADBIAkEAwmk6FMJ4uAVIYbcvIOx5+bDGTfvL8X5gE+R67ccMk6rCSGbVQz2cetyQtnI+VIs0NwdD6wjuSuVtVFbLoHonowIDAQABFgAwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEEBQADQQBFZDUWFl6BJdomtN1Bi53mwijy1rRgJ4YirF15yBEDM3DjAQkKXHYOIX+qpz4KXKnl6EYxTnGSFL5wWt8X2iyx
-
-- You execute the ca command (either from a CGI program run out of
- the web server, or as a later manual task) giving it the above
- file as input. For example, if the file were named /tmp/cert.req,
- you'd run:
- $SSLDIR/bin/ca -spkac /tmp/cert.req -out /tmp/cert
-
- The output is in DER format (binary) if a -out argument is
- provided, as above; otherwise, it's in the PEM format (base-64
- encoded DER). Also, the "-batch" switch is implied by the
- "-spkac" so you don't get asked whether to complete the signing
- (probably it shouldn't work this way but I was only interested
- in hacking together an online CA that could be used for issuing
- test certificates).
-
- The "-spkac" capability doesn't support multiple files (I think).
-
- Any CHALLENGE provided in the SPKAC is simply ignored.
-
- The interactions between the identification fields you provide
- and those identified in your lib/ssleay.conf are the same as if
- you did an ordinary "ca -in infile -out outfile" -- that is, if
- something is marked as required in the ssleay.conf file and it
- isn't found in the -spkac file, the certificate won't be issued.
-
-- Now, you pick up the output from /tmp/cert and pass it back to
- the Navigator prepending the Content-type string described earlier.
-
-- In order to run the ca command out of a CGI program, you must
- provide a password to decrypt the CA's private key. You can
- do this by using "echo MyKeyPassword | $SSLDIR/bin/ca ..."
- I think there's a way to not encrypt the key file in the first
- place, but I didn't see how to do that, so I made a small change
- to the library that allows the password to be accepted from a pipe.
- Either way is UTTERLY INSECURE and a real CA would never do that.
-
- [ You can use the 'ssleay rsa' command to remove the password
- from the private key, or you can use the '-key' option to the
- ca command to specify the decryption key on the command line
- or use the -nodes option when generating the key.
- ca will try to clear the command line version of the password
- but for quite a few operating systems, this is not possible.
- - eric ]
-
-So, what do you have to do to make use of this stuff to create an online
-demo CA capability with SSLeay?
-
-1 Create an HTML form for your users. The form should contain
- fields for all of the required or optional fields in ssleay.conf.
- The form must contain a KEYGEN tag somewhere with at least a NAME
- attribute.
-
-2 Create a CGI program to process the form input submitted by the
- browser. The CGI program must URL-decode the variables and create
- the file described above, containing subject identification info
- as well as the SPKAC block. It should then run the the ca program
- with the -spkac option. If it works (check the exit status),
- return the new certificate with the appropriate MIME type. If not,
- return the output of the ca command with MIME type "text/plain".
-
-3 Set up your web server to accept connections signed by your demo
- CA. This probably involves obtaining the PEM-encoded CA certificate
- (ordinarily in $SSLDIR/CA/cacert.pem) and installing it into a
- server database. See your server manual for instructions.
-
-
-==== obj.doc ========================================================
-
-The Object library.
-
-As part of my Crypto library, I found I required a method of identifying various
-objects. These objects normally had 3 different values associated with
-them, a short text name, a long (or lower case) text name, and an
-ASN.1 Object Identifier (which is a sequence of numbers).
-This library contains a static list of objects and functions to lookup
-according to one type and to return the other types.
-
-To use these routines, 'Object.h' needs to be included.
-
-For each supported object, #define entries are defined as follows
-#define SN_Algorithm "Algorithm"
-#define LN_algorithm "algorithm"
-#define NID_algorithm 38
-#define OBJ_algorithm 1L,3L,14L,3L,2L
-
-SN_ stands for short name.
-LN_ stands for either long name or lowercase name.
-NID_ stands for Numeric ID. I each object has a unique NID and this
- should be used internally to identify objects.
-OBJ_ stands for ASN.1 Object Identifier or ASN1_OBJECT as defined in the
- ASN1 routines. These values are used in ASN1 encoding.
-
-The following functions are to be used to return pointers into a static
-definition of these types. What this means is "don't try to free() any
-pointers returned from these functions.
-
-ASN1_OBJECT *OBJ_nid2obj(
-int n);
- Return the ASN1_OBJECT that corresponds to a NID of n.
-
-char *OBJ_nid2ln(
-int n);
- Return the long/lower case name of the object represented by the
- NID of n.
-
-char *OBJ_nid2sn(
-int n);
- Return the short name for the object represented by the NID of n.
-
-ASN1_OBJECT *OBJ_dup(
-ASN1_OBJECT *o);
- Duplicate and return a new ASN1_OBJECT that is the same as the
- passed parameter.
-
-int OBJ_obj2nid(
-ASN1_OBJECT *o);
- Given ASN1_OBJECT o, return the NID that corresponds.
-
-int OBJ_ln2nid(
-char *s);
- Given the long/lower case name 's', return the NID of the object.
-
-int OBJ_sn2nid(
-char *s);
- Given the short name 's', return the NID of the object.
-
-char *OBJ_bsearch(
-char *key,
-char *base,
-int num,
-int size,
-int (*cmp)());
- Since I have come across a few platforms that do not have the
- bsearch() function, OBJ_bsearch is my version of that function.
- Feel free to use this function, but you may as well just use the
- normal system bsearch(3) if it is present. This version also
- has tolerance of being passed NULL pointers.
-
-==== keys ===========================================================
-
-EVP_PKEY_DSA
-EVP_PKEY_DSA2
-EVP_PKEY_DSA3
-EVP_PKEY_DSA4
-
-EVP_PKEY_RSA
-EVP_PKEY_RSA2
-
-valid DSA pkey types
- NID_dsa
- NID_dsaWithSHA
- NID_dsaWithSHA1
- NID_dsaWithSHA1_2
-
-valid RSA pkey types
- NID_rsaEncryption
- NID_rsa
-
-NID_dsaWithSHA NID_dsaWithSHA DSA SHA
-NID_dsa NID_dsaWithSHA1 DSA SHA1
-NID_md2 NID_md2WithRSAEncryption RSA-pkcs1 MD2
-NID_md5 NID_md5WithRSAEncryption RSA-pkcs1 MD5
-NID_mdc2 NID_mdc2WithRSA RSA-none MDC2
-NID_ripemd160 NID_ripemd160WithRSA RSA-pkcs1 RIPEMD160
-NID_sha NID_shaWithRSAEncryption RSA-pkcs1 SHA
-NID_sha1 NID_sha1WithRSAEncryption RSA-pkcs1 SHA1
-
-==== rand.doc ========================================================
-
-My Random number library.
-
-These routines can be used to generate pseudo random numbers and can be
-used to 'seed' the pseudo random number generator (RNG). The RNG make no
-effort to reproduce the same random number stream with each execution.
-Various other routines in the SSLeay library 'seed' the RNG when suitable
-'random' input data is available. Read the section at the end for details
-on the design of the RNG.
-
-void RAND_bytes(
-unsigned char *buf,
-int num);
- This routine puts 'num' random bytes into 'buf'. One should make
- sure RAND_seed() has been called before using this routine.
-
-void RAND_seed(
-unsigned char *buf,
-int num);
- This routine adds more 'seed' data the RNG state. 'num' bytes
- are added to the RNG state, they are taken from 'buf'. This
- routine can be called with sensitive data such as user entered
- passwords. This sensitive data is in no way recoverable from
- the RAND library routines or state. Try to pass as much data
- from 'random' sources as possible into the RNG via this function.
- Also strongly consider using the RAND_load_file() and
- RAND_write_file() routines.
-
-void RAND_cleanup();
- When a program has finished with the RAND library, if it so
- desires, it can 'zero' all RNG state.
-
-The following 3 routines are convenience routines that can be used to
-'save' and 'restore' data from/to the RNG and it's state.
-Since the more 'random' data that is feed as seed data the better, why not
-keep it around between executions of the program? Of course the
-application should pass more 'random' data in via RAND_seed() and
-make sure no-one can read the 'random' data file.
-
-char *RAND_file_name(
-char *buf,
-int size);
- This routine returns a 'default' name for the location of a 'rand'
- file. The 'rand' file should keep a sequence of random bytes used
- to initialise the RNG. The filename is put in 'buf'. Buf is 'size'
- bytes long. Buf is returned if things go well, if they do not,
- NULL is returned. The 'rand' file name is generated in the
- following way. First, if there is a 'RANDFILE' environment
- variable, it is returned. Second, if there is a 'HOME' environment
- variable, $HOME/.rand is returned. Third, NULL is returned. NULL
- is also returned if a buf would overflow.
-
-int RAND_load_file(
-char *file,
-long number);
- This function 'adds' the 'file' into the RNG state. It does this by
- doing a RAND_seed() on the value returned from a stat() system call
- on the file and if 'number' is non-zero, upto 'number' bytes read
- from the file. The number of bytes passed to RAND_seed() is returned.
-
-int RAND_write_file(
-char *file),
- RAND_write_file() writes N random bytes to the file 'file', where
- N is the size of the internal RND state (currently 1k).
- This is a suitable method of saving RNG state for reloading via
- RAND_load_file().
-
-What follows is a description of this RNG and a description of the rational
-behind it's design.
-
-It should be noted that this RNG is intended to be used to generate
-'random' keys for various ciphers including generation of DH and RSA keys.
-
-It should also be noted that I have just created a system that I am happy with.
-It may be overkill but that does not worry me. I have not spent that much
-time on this algorithm so if there are glaring errors, please let me know.
-Speed has not been a consideration in the design of these routines.
-
-First up I will state the things I believe I need for a good RNG.
-1) A good hashing algorithm to mix things up and to convert the RNG 'state'
- to random numbers.
-2) An initial source of random 'state'.
-3) The state should be very large. If the RNG is being used to generate
- 4096 bit RSA keys, 2 2048 bit random strings are required (at a minimum).
- If your RNG state only has 128 bits, you are obviously limiting the
- search space to 128 bits, not 2048. I'm probably getting a little
- carried away on this last point but it does indicate that it may not be
- a bad idea to keep quite a lot of RNG state. It should be easier to
- break a cipher than guess the RNG seed data.
-4) Any RNG seed data should influence all subsequent random numbers
- generated. This implies that any random seed data entered will have
- an influence on all subsequent random numbers generated.
-5) When using data to seed the RNG state, the data used should not be
- extractable from the RNG state. I believe this should be a
- requirement because one possible source of 'secret' semi random
- data would be a private key or a password. This data must
- not be disclosed by either subsequent random numbers or a
- 'core' dump left by a program crash.
-6) Given the same initial 'state', 2 systems should deviate in their RNG state
- (and hence the random numbers generated) over time if at all possible.
-7) Given the random number output stream, it should not be possible to determine
- the RNG state or the next random number.
-
-
-The algorithm is as follows.
-
-There is global state made up of a 1023 byte buffer (the 'state'), a
-working message digest ('md') and a counter ('count').
-
-Whenever seed data is added, it is inserted into the 'state' as
-follows.
- The input is chopped up into units of 16 bytes (or less for
- the last block). Each of these blocks is run through the MD5
- message digest. The data passed to the MD5 digest is the
- current 'md', the same number of bytes from the 'state'
- (the location determined by in incremented looping index) as
- the current 'block' and the new key data 'block'. The result
- of this is kept in 'md' and also xored into the 'state' at the
- same locations that were used as input into the MD5.
- I believe this system addresses points 1 (MD5), 3 (the 'state'),
- 4 (via the 'md'), 5 (by the use of MD5 and xor).
-
-When bytes are extracted from the RNG, the following process is used.
-For each group of 8 bytes (or less), we do the following,
- Input into MD5, the top 8 bytes from 'md', the byte that are
- to be overwritten by the random bytes and bytes from the
- 'state' (incrementing looping index). From this digest output
- (which is kept in 'md'), the top (upto) 8 bytes are
- returned to the caller and the bottom (upto) 8 bytes are xored
- into the 'state'.
- Finally, after we have finished 'generation' random bytes for the
- called, 'count' (which is incremented) and 'md' are fed into MD5 and
- the results are kept in 'md'.
- I believe the above addressed points 1 (use of MD5), 6 (by
- hashing into the 'state' the 'old' data from the caller that
- is about to be overwritten) and 7 (by not using the 8 bytes
- given to the caller to update the 'state', but they are used
- to update 'md').
-
-So of the points raised, only 2 is not addressed, but sources of
-random data will always be a problem.
-
-
-==== rc2.doc ========================================================
-
-The RC2 library.
-
-RC2 is a block cipher that operates on 64bit (8 byte) quantities. It
-uses variable size key, but 128bit (16 byte) key would normally be considered
-good. It can be used in all the modes that DES can be used. This
-library implements the ecb, cbc, cfb64, ofb64 modes.
-
-I have implemented this library from an article posted to sci.crypt on
-11-Feb-1996. I personally don't know how far to trust the RC2 cipher.
-While it is capable of having a key of any size, not much reseach has
-publically been done on it at this point in time (Apr-1996)
-since the cipher has only been public for a few months :-)
-It is of a similar speed to DES and IDEA, so unless it is required for
-meeting some standard (SSLv2, perhaps S/MIME), it would probably be advisable
-to stick to IDEA, or for the paranoid, Tripple DES.
-
-Mind you, having said all that, I should mention that I just read a lot and
-implement ciphers, I'm a 'babe in the woods' when it comes to evaluating
-ciphers :-).
-
-For all calls that have an 'input' and 'output' variables, they can be the
-same.
-
-This library requires the inclusion of 'rc2.h'.
-
-All of the encryption functions take what is called an RC2_KEY as an
-argument. An RC2_KEY is an expanded form of the RC2 key.
-For all modes of the RC2 algorithm, the RC2_KEY used for
-decryption is the same one that was used for encryption.
-
-The define RC2_ENCRYPT is passed to specify encryption for the functions
-that require an encryption/decryption flag. RC2_DECRYPT is passed to
-specify decryption.
-
-Please note that any of the encryption modes specified in my DES library
-could be used with RC2. I have only implemented ecb, cbc, cfb64 and
-ofb64 for the following reasons.
-- ecb is the basic RC2 encryption.
-- cbc is the normal 'chaining' form for block ciphers.
-- cfb64 can be used to encrypt single characters, therefore input and output
- do not need to be a multiple of 8.
-- ofb64 is similar to cfb64 but is more like a stream cipher, not as
- secure (not cipher feedback) but it does not have an encrypt/decrypt mode.
-- If you want triple RC2, thats 384 bits of key and you must be totally
- obsessed with security. Still, if you want it, it is simple enough to
- copy the function from the DES library and change the des_encrypt to
- RC2_encrypt; an exercise left for the paranoid reader :-).
-
-The functions are as follows:
-
-void RC2_set_key(
-RC2_KEY *ks;
-int len;
-unsigned char *key;
-int bits;
- RC2_set_key converts an 'len' byte key into a RC2_KEY.
- A 'ks' is an expanded form of the 'key' which is used to
- perform actual encryption. It can be regenerated from the RC2 key
- so it only needs to be kept when encryption or decryption is about
- to occur. Don't save or pass around RC2_KEY's since they
- are CPU architecture dependent, 'key's are not. RC2 is an
- interesting cipher in that it can be used with a variable length
- key. 'len' is the length of 'key' to be used as the key.
- A 'len' of 16 is recomended. The 'bits' argument is an
- interesting addition which I only found out about in Aug 96.
- BSAFE uses this parameter to 'limit' the number of bits used
- for the key. To use the 'key' unmodified, set bits to 1024.
- This is what old versions of my RC2 library did (SSLeay 0.6.3).
- RSAs BSAFE library sets this parameter to be 128 if 128 bit
- keys are being used. So to be compatable with BSAFE, set it
- to 128, if you don't want to reduce RC2's key length, leave it
- at 1024.
-
-void RC2_encrypt(
-unsigned long *data,
-RC2_KEY *key,
-int encrypt);
- This is the RC2 encryption function that gets called by just about
- every other RC2 routine in the library. You should not use this
- function except to implement 'modes' of RC2. I say this because the
- functions that call this routine do the conversion from 'char *' to
- long, and this needs to be done to make sure 'non-aligned' memory
- access do not occur.
- Data is a pointer to 2 unsigned long's and key is the
- RC2_KEY to use. Encryption or decryption is indicated by 'encrypt'.
- which can have the values RC2_ENCRYPT or RC2_DECRYPT.
-
-void RC2_ecb_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-RC2_KEY *key,
-int encrypt);
- This is the basic Electronic Code Book form of RC2 (in DES this
- mode is called Electronic Code Book so I'm going to use the term
- for rc2 as well.
- Input is encrypted into output using the key represented by
- key. Depending on the encrypt, encryption or
- decryption occurs. Input is 8 bytes long and output is 8 bytes.
-
-void RC2_cbc_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-RC2_KEY *ks,
-unsigned char *ivec,
-int encrypt);
- This routine implements RC2 in Cipher Block Chaining mode.
- Input, which should be a multiple of 8 bytes is encrypted
- (or decrypted) to output which will also be a multiple of 8 bytes.
- The number of bytes is in length (and from what I've said above,
- should be a multiple of 8). If length is not a multiple of 8, bad
- things will probably happen. ivec is the initialisation vector.
- This function updates iv after each call so that it can be passed to
- the next call to RC2_cbc_encrypt().
-
-void RC2_cfb64_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-RC2_KEY *schedule,
-unsigned char *ivec,
-int *num,
-int encrypt);
- This is one of the more useful functions in this RC2 library, it
- implements CFB mode of RC2 with 64bit feedback.
- This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes,
- you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this
- routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec
- and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec.
- 'Encrypt' is used to indicate encryption or decryption.
- CFB64 mode operates by using the cipher to generate a stream
- of bytes which is used to encrypt the plain text.
- The cipher text is then encrypted to generate the next 64 bits to
- be xored (incrementally) with the next 64 bits of plain
- text. As can be seen from this, to encrypt or decrypt,
- the same 'cipher stream' needs to be generated but the way the next
- block of data is gathered for encryption is different for
- encryption and decryption.
-
-void RC2_ofb64_encrypt(
-unsigned char *in,
-unsigned char *out,
-long length,
-RC2_KEY *schedule,
-unsigned char *ivec,
-int *num);
- This functions implements OFB mode of RC2 with 64bit feedback.
- This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes,
- you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this
- routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec
- and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec.
- This is in effect a stream cipher, there is no encryption or
- decryption mode.
-
-For reading passwords, I suggest using des_read_pw_string() from my DES library.
-To generate a password from a text string, I suggest using MD5 (or MD2) to
-produce a 16 byte message digest that can then be passed directly to
-RC2_set_key().
-
-=====
-For more information about the specific RC2 modes in this library
-(ecb, cbc, cfb and ofb), read the section entitled 'Modes of DES' from the
-documentation on my DES library. What is said about DES is directly
-applicable for RC2.
-
-
-==== rc4.doc ========================================================
-
-The RC4 library.
-RC4 is a stream cipher that operates on a byte stream. It can be used with
-any length key but I would recommend normally using 16 bytes.
-
-This library requires the inclusion of 'rc4.h'.
-
-The RC4 encryption function takes what is called an RC4_KEY as an argument.
-The RC4_KEY is generated by the RC4_set_key function from the key bytes.
-
-RC4, being a stream cipher, does not have an encryption or decryption mode.
-It produces a stream of bytes that the input stream is xor'ed against and
-so decryption is just a case of 'encrypting' again with the same key.
-
-I have only put in one 'mode' for RC4 which is the normal one. This means
-there is no initialisation vector and there is no feedback of the cipher
-text into the cipher. This implies that you should not ever use the
-same key twice if you can help it. If you do, you leave yourself open to
-known plain text attacks; if you know the plain text and
-corresponding cipher text in one message, all messages that used the same
-key can have the cipher text decoded for the corresponding positions in the
-cipher stream.
-
-The main positive feature of RC4 is that it is a very fast cipher; about 4
-times faster that DES. This makes it ideally suited to protocols where the
-key is randomly chosen, like SSL.
-
-The functions are as follows:
-
-void RC4_set_key(
-RC4_KEY *key;
-int len;
-unsigned char *data);
- This function initialises the RC4_KEY structure with the key passed
- in 'data', which is 'len' bytes long. The key data can be any
- length but 16 bytes seems to be a good number.
-
-void RC4(
-RC4_KEY *key;
-unsigned long len;
-unsigned char *in;
-unsigned char *out);
- Do the actual RC4 encryption/decryption. Using the 'key', 'len'
- bytes are transformed from 'in' to 'out'. As mentioned above,
- decryption is the operation as encryption.
-
-==== ref.doc ========================================================
-
-I have lots more references etc, and will update this list in the future,
-30 Aug 1996 - eay
-
-
-SSL The SSL Protocol - from Netscapes.
-
-RC4 Newsgroups: sci.crypt
- From: sterndark at netcom.com (David Sterndark)
- Subject: RC4 Algorithm revealed.
- Message-ID: <sternCvKL4B.Hyy at netcom.com>
-
-RC2 Newsgroups: sci.crypt
- From: pgut01 at cs.auckland.ac.nz (Peter Gutmann)
- Subject: Specification for Ron Rivests Cipher No.2
- Message-ID: <4fk39f$f70 at net.auckland.ac.nz>
-
-MD2 RFC1319 The MD2 Message-Digest Algorithm
-MD5 RFC1321 The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm
-
-X509 Certificates
- RFC1421 Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part I
- RFC1422 Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part II
- RFC1423 Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part III
- RFC1424 Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part IV
-
-RSA and various standard encoding
- PKCS#1 RSA Encryption Standard
- PKCS#5 Password-Based Encryption Standard
- PKCS#7 Cryptographic Message Syntax Standard
- A Layman's Guide to a Subset of ASN.1, BER, and DER
- An Overview of the PKCS Standards
- Some Examples of the PKCS Standards
-
-IDEA Chapter 3 The Block Cipher IDEA
-
-RSA, prime number generation and bignum algorithms
- Introduction To Algorithms,
- Thomas Cormen, Charles Leiserson, Ronald Rivest,
- Section 29 Arithmetic Circuits
- Section 33 Number-Theoretic Algorithms
-
-Fast Private Key algorithm
- Fast Decipherment Algorithm for RSA Public-Key Cryptosystem
- J.-J. Quisquater and C. Couvreur, Electronics Letters,
- 14th October 1982, Vol. 18 No. 21
-
-Prime number generation and bignum algorithms.
- PGP-2.3a
-
-==== rsa.doc ========================================================
-
-The RSA encryption and utility routines.
-
-The RSA routines are built on top of a big number library (the BN library).
-There are support routines in the X509 library for loading and manipulating
-the various objects in the RSA library. When errors are returned, read
-about the ERR library for how to access the error codes.
-
-All RSA encryption is done according to the PKCS-1 standard which is
-compatible with PEM and RSAref. This means that any values being encrypted
-must be less than the size of the modulus in bytes, minus 10, bytes long.
-
-This library uses RAND_bytes()() for it's random data, make sure to feed
-RAND_seed() with lots of interesting and varied data before using these
-routines.
-
-The RSA library has one specific data type, the RSA structure.
-It is composed of 8 BIGNUM variables (see the BN library for details) and
-can hold either a private RSA key or a public RSA key.
-Some RSA libraries have different structures for public and private keys, I
-don't. For my libraries, a public key is determined by the fact that the
-RSA->d value is NULL. These routines will operate on any size RSA keys.
-While I'm sure 4096 bit keys are very very secure, they take a lot longer
-to process that 1024 bit keys :-).
-
-The function in the RSA library are as follows.
-
-RSA *RSA_new();
- This function creates a new RSA object. The sub-fields of the RSA
- type are also malloced so you should always use this routine to
- create RSA variables.
-
-void RSA_free(
-RSA *rsa);
- This function 'frees' an RSA structure. This routine should always
- be used to free the RSA structure since it will also 'free' any
- sub-fields of the RSA type that need freeing.
-
-int RSA_size(
-RSA *rsa);
- This function returns the size of the RSA modulus in bytes. Why do
- I need this you may ask, well the reason is that when you encrypt
- with RSA, the output string will be the size of the RSA modulus.
- So the output for the RSA_encrypt and the input for the RSA_decrypt
- routines need to be RSA_size() bytes long, because this is how many
- bytes are expected.
-
-For the following 4 RSA encryption routines, it should be noted that
-RSA_private_decrypt() should be used on the output from
-RSA_public_encrypt() and RSA_public_decrypt() should be used on
-the output from RSA_private_encrypt().
-
-int RSA_public_encrypt(
-int from_len;
-unsigned char *from
-unsigned char *to
-RSA *rsa);
- This function implements RSA public encryption, the rsa variable
- should be a public key (but can be a private key). 'from_len'
- bytes taken from 'from' and encrypted and put into 'to'. 'to' needs
- to be at least RSA_size(rsa) bytes long. The number of bytes
- written into 'to' is returned. -1 is returned on an error. The
- operation performed is
- to = from^rsa->e mod rsa->n.
-
-int RSA_private_encrypt(
-int from_len;
-unsigned char *from
-unsigned char *to
-RSA *rsa);
- This function implements RSA private encryption, the rsa variable
- should be a private key. 'from_len' bytes taken from
- 'from' and encrypted and put into 'to'. 'to' needs
- to be at least RSA_size(rsa) bytes long. The number of bytes
- written into 'to' is returned. -1 is returned on an error. The
- operation performed is
- to = from^rsa->d mod rsa->n.
-
-int RSA_public_decrypt(
-int from_len;
-unsigned char *from
-unsigned char *to
-RSA *rsa);
- This function implements RSA public decryption, the rsa variable
- should be a public key (but can be a private key). 'from_len'
- bytes are taken from 'from' and decrypted. The decrypted data is
- put into 'to'. The number of bytes encrypted is returned. -1 is
- returned to indicate an error. The operation performed is
- to = from^rsa->e mod rsa->n.
-
-int RSA_private_decrypt(
-int from_len;
-unsigned char *from
-unsigned char *to
-RSA *rsa);
- This function implements RSA private decryption, the rsa variable
- should be a private key. 'from_len' bytes are taken
- from 'from' and decrypted. The decrypted data is
- put into 'to'. The number of bytes encrypted is returned. -1 is
- returned to indicate an error. The operation performed is
- to = from^rsa->d mod rsa->n.
-
-int RSA_mod_exp(
-BIGNUM *n;
-BIGNUM *p;
-RSA *rsa);
- Normally you will never use this routine.
- This is really an internal function which is called by
- RSA_private_encrypt() and RSA_private_decrypt(). It performs
- n=n^p mod rsa->n except that it uses the 5 extra variables in the
- RSA structure to make this more efficient.
-
-RSA *RSA_generate_key(
-int bits;
-unsigned long e;
-void (*callback)();
-char *cb_arg;
- This routine is used to generate RSA private keys. It takes
- quite a period of time to run and should only be used to
- generate initial private keys that should then be stored
- for later use. The passed callback function
- will be called periodically so that feedback can be given
- as to how this function is progressing.
- 'bits' is the length desired for the modulus, so it would be 1024
- to generate a 1024 bit private key.
- 'e' is the value to use for the public exponent 'e'. Traditionally
- it is set to either 3 or 0x10001.
- The callback function (if not NULL) is called in the following
- situations.
- when we have generated a suspected prime number to test,
- callback(0,num1++,cb_arg). When it passes a prime number test,
- callback(1,num2++,cb_arg). When it is rejected as one of
- the 2 primes required due to gcd(prime,e value) != 0,
- callback(2,num3++,cb_arg). When finally accepted as one
- of the 2 primes, callback(3,num4++,cb_arg).
-
-
-==== rsaref.doc ========================================================
-
-This package can be compiled to use the RSAref library.
-This library is not allowed outside of the USA but inside the USA it is
-claimed by RSA to be the only RSA public key library that can be used
-besides BSAFE..
-
-There are 2 files, rsaref/rsaref.c and rsaref/rsaref.h that contain the glue
-code to use RSAref. These files were written by looking at the PGP
-source code and seeing which routines it used to access RSAref.
-I have also been sent by some-one a copy of the RSAref header file that
-contains the library error codes.
-
-[ Jun 1996 update - I have recently gotten hold of RSAref 2.0 from
- South Africa and have been doing some performace tests. ]
-
-They have now been tested against the recently announced RSAEURO
-library.
-
-There are 2 ways to use SSLeay and RSAref. First, to build so that
-the programs must be linked with RSAref, add '-DRSAref' to CFLAG in the top
-level makefile and -lrsaref (or where ever you are keeping RSAref) to
-EX_LIBS.
-
-To build a makefile via util/mk1mf.pl to do this, use the 'rsaref' option.
-
-The second method is to build as per normal and link applications with
-the RSAglue library. The correct library order would be
-cc -o cmd cmd.o -lssl -lRSAglue -lcrypto -lrsaref -ldes
-The RSAglue library is built in the rsa directory and is NOT
-automatically installed.
-
-Be warned that the RSAEURO library, that is claimed to be compatible
-with RSAref contains a different value for the maximum number of bits
-supported. This changes structure sizes and so if you are using
-RSAEURO, change the value of RSAref_MAX_BITS in rsa/rsaref.h
-
-
-==== s_mult.doc ========================================================
-
-s_mult is a test program I hacked up on a Sunday for testing non-blocking
-IO. It has a select loop at it's centre that handles multiple readers
-and writers.
-
-Try the following command
-ssleay s_mult -echo -nbio -ssl -v
-echo - sends any sent text back to the sender
-nbio - turns on non-blocking IO
-ssl - accept SSL connections, default is normal text
-v - print lots
- type Q<cr> to quit
-
-In another window, run the following
-ssleay s_client -pause </etc/termcap
-
-The pause option puts in a 1 second pause in each read(2)/write(2) call
-so the other end will have read()s fail.
-
-==== session.doc ========================================================
-
-I have just checked over and re-worked the session stuff.
-The following brief example will ignore all setup information to do with
-authentication.
-
-Things operate as follows.
-
-The SSL environment has a 'context', a SSL_CTX structure. This holds the
-cached SSL_SESSIONS (which can be reused) and the certificate lookup
-information. Each SSL structure needs to be associated with a SSL_CTX.
-Normally only one SSL_CTX structure is needed per program.
-
-SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(void );
-void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *);
-These 2 functions create and destroy SSL_CTX structures
-
-The SSL_CTX has a session_cache_mode which is by default,
-in SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER mode. What this means is that the library
-will automatically add new session-id's to the cache upon successful
-SSL_accept() calls.
-If SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT is set, then client certificates are also added
-to the cache.
-SSL_set_session_cache_mode(ctx,mode) will set the 'mode' and
-SSL_get_session_cache_mode(ctx) will get the cache 'mode'.
-The modes can be
-SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF - no caching
-SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT - only SSL_connect()
-SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER - only SSL_accept()
-SSL_SESS_NO_CACHE_BOTH - Either SSL_accept() or SSL_connect().
-If SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR is set, old timed out sessions are
-not automatically removed each 255, SSL_connect()s or SSL_accept()s.
-
-By default, upon every 255 successful SSL_connect() or SSL_accept()s,
-the cache is flush. Please note that this could be expensive on
-a heavily loaded SSL server, in which case, turn this off and
-clear the cache of old entries 'manually' (with one of the functions
-listed below) every few hours. Perhaps I should up this number, it is hard
-to say. Remember, the '255' new calls is just a mechanism to get called
-every now and then, in theory at most 255 new session-id's will have been
-added but if 100 are added every minute, you would still have
-500 in the cache before any would start being flushed (assuming a 3 minute
-timeout)..
-
-int SSL_CTX_sess_hits(SSL_CTX *ctx);
-int SSL_CTX_sess_misses(SSL_CTX *ctx);
-int SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(SSL_CTX *ctx);
-These 3 functions return statistics about the SSL_CTX. These 3 are the
-number of session id reuses. hits is the number of reuses, misses are the
-number of lookups that failed, and timeouts is the number of cached
-entries ignored because they had timeouted.
-
-ctx->new_session_cb is a function pointer to a function of type
-int new_session_callback(SSL *ssl,SSL_SESSION *new);
-This function, if set in the SSL_CTX structure is called whenever a new
-SSL_SESSION is added to the cache. If the callback returns non-zero, it
-means that the application will have to do a SSL_SESSION_free()
-on the structure (this is
-to do with the cache keeping the reference counts correct, without the
-application needing to know about it.
-The 'active' parameter is the current SSL session for which this connection
-was created.
-
-void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,int (*cb)());
-to set the callback,
-int (*cb)() SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx)
-to get the callback.
-
-If the 'get session' callback is set, when a session id is looked up and
-it is not in the session-id cache, this callback is called. The callback is
-of the form
-SSL_SESSION *get_session_callback(unsigned char *sess_id,int sess_id_len,
- int *copy);
-
-The get_session_callback is intended to return null if no session id is found.
-The reference count on the SSL_SESSION in incremented by the SSL library,
-if copy is 1. Otherwise, the reference count is not modified.
-
-void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb(ctx,cb) sets the callback and
-int (*cb)()SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(ctx) returns the callback.
-
-These callbacks are basically intended to be used by processes to
-send their session-id's to other processes. I currently have not implemented
-non-blocking semantics for these callbacks, it is upto the application
-to make the callbacks efficient if they require blocking (perhaps
-by 'saving' them and then 'posting them' when control returns from
-the SSL_accept().
-
-LHASH *SSL_CTX_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx)
-This returns the session cache. The lhash strucutre can be accessed for
-statistics about the cache.
-
-void lh_stats(LHASH *lh, FILE *out);
-void lh_node_stats(LHASH *lh, FILE *out);
-void lh_node_usage_stats(LHASH *lh, FILE *out);
-
-can be used to print details about it's activity and current state.
-You can also delve directly into the lhash structure for 14 different
-counters that are kept against the structure. When I wrote the lhash library,
-I was interested in gathering statistics :-).
-Have a read of doc/lhash.doc in the SSLeay distribution area for more details
-on the lhash library.
-
-Now as mentioned ealier, when a SSL is created, it needs a SSL_CTX.
-SSL * SSL_new(SSL_CTX *);
-
-This stores a session. A session is secret information shared between 2
-SSL contexts. It will only be created if both ends of the connection have
-authenticated their peer to their satisfaction. It basically contains
-the information required to use a particular secret key cipher.
-
-To retrieve the SSL_CTX being used by a SSL,
-SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(SSL *s);
-
-Now when a SSL session is established between to programs, the 'session'
-information that is cached in the SSL_CTX can me manipulated by the
-following functions.
-int SSL_set_session(SSL *s, SSL_SESSION *session);
-This will set the SSL_SESSION to use for the next SSL_connect(). If you use
-this function on an already 'open' established SSL connection, 'bad things
-will happen'. This function is meaning-less when used on a ssl strucutre
-that is just about to be used in a SSL_accept() call since the
-SSL_accept() will either create a new session or retrieve one from the
-cache.
-
-SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(SSL *s);
-This will return the SSL_SESSION for the current SSL, NULL if there is
-no session associated with the SSL structure.
-
-The SSL sessions are kept in the SSL_CTX in a hash table, to remove a
-session
-void SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *,SSL_SESSION *c);
-and to add one
-int SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *s, SSL_SESSION *c);
-SSL_CTX_add_session() returns 1 if the session was already in the cache (so it
-was not added).
-Whenever a new session is created via SSL_connect()/SSL_accept(),
-they are automatically added to the cache, depending on the session_cache_mode
-settings. SSL_set_session()
-does not add it to the cache. Just call SSL_CTX_add_session() if you do want the
-session added. For a 'client' this would not normally be the case.
-SSL_CTX_add_session() is not normally ever used, except for doing 'evil' things
-which the next 2 funtions help you do.
-
-int i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in,unsigned char **pp);
-SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a,unsigned char **pp,long length);
-These 2 functions are in the standard ASN1 library form and can be used to
-load and save to a byte format, the SSL_SESSION structure.
-With these functions, you can save and read these structures to a files or
-arbitary byte string.
-The PEM_write_SSL_SESSION(fp,x) and PEM_read_SSL_SESSION(fp,x,cb) will
-write to a file pointer in base64 encoding.
-
-What you can do with this, is pass session information between separate
-processes. Please note, that you will probably also need to modify the
-timeout information on the SSL_SESSIONs.
-
-long SSL_get_time(SSL_SESSION *s)
-will return the 'time' that the session
-was loaded. The timeout is relative to this time. This information is
-saved when the SSL_SESSION is converted to binarary but it is stored
-in as a unix long, which is rather OS dependant, but easy to convert back.
-
-long SSL_set_time(SSL_SESSION *s,long t) will set the above mentioned time.
-The time value is just the value returned from time(3), and should really
-be defined by be to be time_t.
-
-long SSL_get_timeout(SSL_SESSION *s);
-long SSL_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *s,long t);
-These 2 retrieve and set the timeout which is just a number of secconds
-from the 'SSL_get_time()' value. When this time period has elapesed,
-the session will no longer be in the cache (well it will actually be removed
-the next time it is attempted to be retrieved, so you could 'bump'
-the timeout so it remains valid).
-The 'time' and 'timeout' are set on a session when it is created, not reset
-each time it is reused. If you did wish to 'bump it', just after establishing
-a connection, do a
-SSL_set_time(ssl,time(NULL));
-
-You can also use
-SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx,unsigned long t) and
-SSL_CTX_get_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx) to manipulate the default timeouts for
-all SSL connections created against a SSL_CTX. If you set a timeout in
-an SSL_CTX, all new SSL's created will inherit the timeout. It can be over
-written by the SSL_set_timeout(SSL *s,unsigned long t) function call.
-If you 'set' the timeout back to 0, the system default will be used.
-
-SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new();
-void SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *ses);
-These 2 functions are used to create and dispose of SSL_SESSION functions.
-You should not ever normally need to use them unless you are using
-i2d_SSL_SESSION() and/or d2i_SSL_SESSION(). If you 'load' a SSL_SESSION
-via d2i_SSL_SESSION(), you will need to SSL_SESSION_free() it.
-Both SSL_set_session() and SSL_CTX_add_session() will 'take copies' of the
-structure (via reference counts) when it is passed to them.
-
-SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(ctx,time);
-The first function will clear all sessions from the cache, which have expired
-relative to 'time' (which could just be time(NULL)).
-
-SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(ctx,0);
-This is a special case that clears everything.
-
-As a final comment, a 'session' is not enough to establish a new
-connection. If a session has timed out, a certificate and private key
-need to have been associated with the SSL structure.
-SSL_copy_session_id(SSL *to,SSL *from); will copy not only the session
-strucutre but also the private key and certificate associated with
-'from'.
-
-EXAMPLES.
-
-So lets play at being a weird SSL server.
-
-/* setup a context */
-ctx=SSL_CTX_new();
-
-/* Lets load some session from binary into the cache, why one would do
- * this is not toally clear, but passing between programs does make sense
- * Perhaps you are using 4096 bit keys and are happy to keep them
- * valid for a week, to avoid the RSA overhead of 15 seconds, I'm not toally
- * sure, perhaps this is a process called from an SSL inetd and this is being
- * passed to the application. */
-session=d2i_SSL_SESSION(....)
-SSL_CTX_add_session(ctx,session);
-
-/* Lets even add a session from a file */
-session=PEM_read_SSL_SESSION(....)
-SSL_CTX_add_session(ctx,session);
-
-/* create a new SSL structure */
-ssl=SSL_new(ctx);
-
-/* At this point we want to be able to 'create' new session if
- * required, so we need a certificate and RSAkey. */
-SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(ssl,...)
-SSL_use_certificate_file(ssl,...)
-
-/* Now since we are a server, it make little sence to load a session against
- * the ssl strucutre since a SSL_accept() will either create a new session or
- * grab an existing one from the cache. */
-
-/* grab a socket descriptor */
-fd=accept(...);
-
-/* associated it with the ssl strucutre */
-SSL_set_fd(ssl,fd);
-
-SSL_accept(ssl); /* 'do' SSL using out cert and RSA key */
-
-/* Lets print out the session details or lets save it to a file,
- * perhaps with a secret key cipher, so that we can pass it to the FBI
- * when they want to decode the session :-). While we have RSA
- * this does not matter much but when I do SSLv3, this will allow a mechanism
- * for the server/client to record the information needed to decode
- * the traffic that went over the wire, even when using Diffie-Hellman */
-PEM_write_SSL_SESSION(SSL_get_session(ssl),stdout,....)
-
-Lets 'connect' back to the caller using the same session id.
-
-ssl2=SSL_new(ctx);
-fd2=connect(them);
-SSL_set_fd(ssl2,fd2);
-SSL_set_session(ssl2,SSL_get_session(ssl));
-SSL_connect(ssl2);
-
-/* what the hell, lets accept no more connections using this session */
-SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_get_SSL_CTX(ssl),SSL_get_session(ssl));
-
-/* we could have just as easily used ssl2 since they both are using the
- * same session.
- * You will note that both ssl and ssl2 are still using the session, and
- * the SSL_SESSION structure will be free()ed when both ssl and ssl2
- * finish using the session. Also note that you could continue to initiate
- * connections using this session by doing SSL_get_session(ssl) to get the
- * existing session, but SSL_accept() will not be able to find it to
- * use for incoming connections.
- * Of corse, the session will timeout at the far end and it will no
- * longer be accepted after a while. The time and timeout are ignored except
- * by SSL_accept(). */
-
-/* Since we have had our server running for 10 weeks, and memory is getting
- * short, perhaps we should clear the session cache to remove those
- * 100000 session entries that have expired. Some may consider this
- * a memory leak :-) */
-
-SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(ctx,time(NULL));
-
-/* Ok, after a bit more time we wish to flush all sessions from the cache
- * so that all new connections will be authenticated and incure the
- * public key operation overhead */
-
-SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(ctx,0);
-
-/* As a final note, to copy everything to do with a SSL, use */
-SSL_copy_session_id(SSL *to,SSL *from);
-/* as this also copies the certificate and RSA key so new session can
- * be established using the same details */
-
-
-==== sha.doc ========================================================
-
-The SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm) library.
-SHA is a message digest algorithm that can be used to condense an arbitrary
-length message down to a 20 byte hash. The functions all need to be passed
-a SHA_CTX which is used to hold the SHA context during multiple SHA_Update()
-function calls. The normal method of use for this library is as follows
-This library contains both SHA and SHA-1 digest algorithms. SHA-1 is
-an update to SHA (which should really be called SHA-0 now) which
-tweaks the algorithm slightly. The SHA-1 algorithm is used by simply
-using SHA1_Init(), SHA1_Update(), SHA1_Final() and SHA1() instead of the
-SHA*() calls
-
-SHA_Init(...);
-SHA_Update(...);
-...
-SHA_Update(...);
-SHA_Final(...);
-
-This library requires the inclusion of 'sha.h'.
-
-The functions are as follows:
-
-void SHA_Init(
-SHA_CTX *c);
- This function needs to be called to initiate a SHA_CTX structure for
- use.
-
-void SHA_Update(
-SHA_CTX *c;
-unsigned char *data;
-unsigned long len);
- This updates the message digest context being generated with 'len'
- bytes from the 'data' pointer. The number of bytes can be any
- length.
-
-void SHA_Final(
-unsigned char *md;
-SHA_CTX *c;
- This function is called when a message digest of the data digested
- with SHA_Update() is wanted. The message digest is put in the 'md'
- array and is SHA_DIGEST_LENGTH (20) bytes long.
-
-unsigned char *SHA(
-unsigned char *d;
-unsigned long n;
-unsigned char *md;
- This function performs a SHA_Init(), followed by a SHA_Update()
- followed by a SHA_Final() (using a local SHA_CTX).
- The resulting digest is put into 'md' if it is not NULL.
- Regardless of the value of 'md', the message
- digest is returned from the function. If 'md' was NULL, the message
- digest returned is being stored in a static structure.
-
-
-==== speed.doc ========================================================
-
-To get an idea of the performance of this library, use
-ssleay speed
-
-perl util/sp-diff.pl file1 file2
-
-will print out the relative differences between the 2 files which are
-expected to be the output from the speed program.
-
-The performace of the library is very dependant on the Compiler
-quality and various flags used to build.
-
----
-
-These are some numbers I did comparing RSAref and SSLeay on a Pentium 100.
-[ These numbers are all out of date, as of SSL - 0.6.1 the RSA
-operations are about 2 times faster, so check the version number ]
-
-RSA performance.
-
-SSLeay 0.6.0
-Pentium 100, 32meg, Windows NT Workstation 3.51
-linux - gcc v 2.7.0 -O3 -fomit-frame-pointer -m486
-and
-Windows NT - Windows NT 3.51 - Visual C++ 4.1 - 586 code + 32bit assember
-Windows 3.1 - Windows NT 3.51 - Visual C++ 1.52c - 286 code + 32bit assember
-NT Dos Shell- Windows NT 3.51 - Visual C++ 1.52c - 286 code + 16bit assember
-
-Times are how long it takes to do an RSA private key operation.
-
- 512bits 1024bits
--------------------------------
-SSLeay NT dll 0.042s 0.202s see above
-SSLeay linux 0.046s 0.218s Assember inner loops (normal build)
-SSLeay linux 0.067s 0.380s Pure C code with BN_LLONG defined
-SSLeay W3.1 dll 0.108s 0.478s see above
-SSLeay linux 0.109s 0.713s C without BN_LLONG.
-RSAref2.0 linux 0.149s 0.936s
-SSLeay MS-DOS 0.197s 1.049s see above
-
-486DX66, 32meg, Windows NT Server 3.51
- 512bits 1024bits
--------------------------------
-SSLeay NT dll 0.084s 0.495s <- SSLeay 0.6.3
-SSLeay NT dll 0.154s 0.882s
-SSLeay W3.1 dll 0.335s 1.538s
-SSLeay MS-DOS 0.490s 2.790s
-
-What I find cute is that I'm still faster than RSAref when using standard C,
-without using the 'long long' data type :-), %35 faster for 512bit and we
-scale up to 3.2 times faster for the 'default linux' build. I should mention
-that people should 'try' to use either x86-lnx.s (elf), x86-lnxa.s or
-x86-sol.s for any x86 based unix they are building on. The only problems
-with be with syntax but the performance gain is quite large, especially for
-servers. The code is very simple, you just need to modify the 'header'.
-
-The message is, if you are stuck using RSAref, the RSA performance will be
-bad. Considering the code was compiled for a pentium, the 486DX66 number
-would indicate 'Use RSAref and turn you Pentium 100 into a 486DX66' :-).
-[ As of verson 0.6.1, it would be correct to say 'turn you pentium 100
- into a 486DX33' :-) ]
-
-I won't tell people if the DLL's are using RSAref or my stuff if no-one
-asks :-).
-
-eric
-
-PS while I know I could speed things up further, I will probably not do
- so due to the effort involved. I did do some timings on the
- SSLeay bignum format -> RSAref number format conversion that occurs
- each time RSAref is used by SSLeay, and the numbers are trivial.
- 0.00012s a call for 512bit vs 0.149s for the time spent in the function.
- 0.00018s for 1024bit vs 0.938s. Insignificant.
- So the 'way to go', to support faster RSA libraries, if people are keen,
- is to write 'glue' code in a similar way that I do for RSAref and send it
- to me :-).
- My base library still has the advantage of being able to operate on
- any size numbers, and is not that far from the performance from the
- leaders in the field. (-%30?)
- [ Well as of 0.6.1 I am now the leader in the filed on x86 (we at
- least very close :-) ]
-
- I suppose I should also mention some other numbers RSAref numbers, again
- on my Pentium.
- DES CBC EDE-DES MD5
- RSAref linux 830k/s 302k/s 4390k/s
- SSLeay linux 855k/s 319k/s 10025k/s
- SSLeay NT 1158k/s 410k/s 10470k/s
- SSLeay w31 378k/s 143k/s 2383k/s (fully 16bit)
-
- Got to admit that Visual C++ 4.[01] is a damn fine compiler :-)
---
-Eric Young | BOOL is tri-state according to Bill Gates.
-AARNet: eay at cryptsoft.com | RTFM Win32 GetMessage().
-
-
-
-
-==== ssl-ciph.doc ========================================================
-
-This is a quick high level summery of how things work now.
-
-Each SSLv2 and SSLv3 cipher is composed of 4 major attributes plus a few extra
-minor ones.
-
-They are 'The key exchange algorithm', which is RSA for SSLv2 but can also
-be Diffle-Hellman for SSLv3.
-
-An 'Authenticion algorithm', which can be RSA, Diffle-Helman, DSS or
-none.
-
-The cipher
-
-The MAC digest.
-
-A cipher can also be an export cipher and is either an SSLv2 or a
-SSLv3 ciphers.
-
-To specify which ciphers to use, one can either specify all the ciphers,
-one at a time, or use 'aliases' to specify the preference and order for
-the ciphers.
-
-There are a large number of aliases, but the most importaint are
-kRSA, kDHr, kDHd and kDHE for key exchange types.
-
-aRSA, aDSS, aNULL and aDH for authentication
-DES, 3DES, RC4, RC2, IDEA and eNULL for ciphers
-MD5, SHA0 and SHA1 digests
-
-Now where this becomes interesting is that these can be put together to
-specify the order and ciphers you wish to use.
-
-To speed this up there are also aliases for certian groups of ciphers.
-The main ones are
-SSLv2 - all SSLv2 ciphers
-SSLv3 - all SSLv3 ciphers
-EXP - all export ciphers
-LOW - all low strngth ciphers (no export ciphers, normally single DES)
-MEDIUM - 128 bit encryption
-HIGH - Triple DES
-
-These aliases can be joined in a : separated list which specifies to
-add ciphers, move them to the current location and delete them.
-
-A simpler way to look at all of this is to use the 'ssleay ciphers -v' command.
-The default library cipher spec is
-!ADH:RC4+RSA:HIGH:MEDIUM:LOW:EXP:+SSLv2:+EXP
-which means, first, remove from consideration any ciphers that do not
-authenticate. Next up, use ciphers using RC4 and RSA. Next include the HIGH,
-MEDIUM and the LOW security ciphers. Finish up by adding all the export
-ciphers on the end, then 'pull' all the SSLv2 and export ciphers to
-the end of the list.
-
-The results are
-$ ssleay ciphers -v '!ADH:RC4+RSA:HIGH:MEDIUM:LOW:EXP:+SSLv2:+EXP'
-
-RC4-SHA SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=RC4(128) Mac=SHA1
-RC4-MD5 SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=RC4(128) Mac=MD5
-DHE-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA SSLv3 Kx=DH Au=RSA Enc=3DES(168) Mac=SHA1
-DHE-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA SSLv3 Kx=DH Au=DSS Enc=3DES(168) Mac=SHA1
-DES-CBC3-SHA SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=3DES(168) Mac=SHA1
-IDEA-CBC-MD5 SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=IDEA(128) Mac=SHA1
-DHE-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA SSLv3 Kx=DH Au=RSA Enc=DES(56) Mac=SHA1
-DHE-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA SSLv3 Kx=DH Au=DSS Enc=DES(56) Mac=SHA1
-DES-CBC-SHA SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=DES(56) Mac=SHA1
-DES-CBC3-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=3DES(168) Mac=MD5
-DES-CBC-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=DES(56) Mac=MD5
-IDEA-CBC-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=IDEA(128) Mac=MD5
-RC2-CBC-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=RC2(128) Mac=MD5
-RC4-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=RC4(128) Mac=MD5
-EXP-DHE-RSA-DES-CBC SSLv3 Kx=DH(512) Au=RSA Enc=DES(40) Mac=SHA1 export
-EXP-DHE-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA SSLv3 Kx=DH(512) Au=DSS Enc=DES(40) Mac=SHA1 export
-EXP-DES-CBC-SHA SSLv3 Kx=RSA(512) Au=RSA Enc=DES(40) Mac=SHA1 export
-EXP-RC2-CBC-MD5 SSLv3 Kx=RSA(512) Au=RSA Enc=RC2(40) Mac=MD5 export
-EXP-RC4-MD5 SSLv3 Kx=RSA(512) Au=RSA Enc=RC4(40) Mac=MD5 export
-EXP-RC2-CBC-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA(512) Au=RSA Enc=RC2(40) Mac=MD5 export
-EXP-RC4-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA(512) Au=RSA Enc=RC4(40) Mac=MD5 export
-
-I would recoment people use the 'ssleay ciphers -v "text"'
-command to check what they are going to use.
-
-Anyway, I'm falling asleep here so I'll do some more tomorrow.
-
-eric
-
-==== ssl.doc ========================================================
-
-SSL_CTX_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx) - the session-id hash table.
-
-/* Session-id cache stats */
-SSL_CTX_sess_number
-SSL_CTX_sess_connect
-SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good
-SSL_CTX_sess_accept
-SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good
-SSL_CTX_sess_hits
-SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits
-SSL_CTX_sess_misses
-SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts
-
-/* Session-id application notification callbacks */
-SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb
-SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb
-SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb
-SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb
-
-/* Session-id cache operation mode */
-SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode
-SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode
-
-/* Set default timeout values to use. */
-SSL_CTX_set_timeout
-SSL_CTX_get_timeout
-
-/* Global SSL initalisation informational callback */
-SSL_CTX_set_info_callback
-SSL_CTX_get_info_callback
-SSL_set_info_callback
-SSL_get_info_callback
-
-/* If the SSL_accept/SSL_connect returned with -1, these indicate when
- * we should re-call *.
-SSL_want
-SSL_want_nothing
-SSL_want_read
-SSL_want_write
-SSL_want_x509_lookup
-
-/* Where we are in SSL initalisation, used in non-blocking, perhaps
- * have a look at ssl/bio_ssl.c */
-SSL_state
-SSL_is_init_finished
-SSL_in_init
-SSL_in_connect_init
-SSL_in_accept_init
-
-/* Used to set the 'inital' state so SSL_in_connect_init and SSL_in_accept_init
- * can be used to work out which function to call. */
-SSL_set_connect_state
-SSL_set_accept_state
-
-/* Where to look for certificates for authentication */
-SSL_set_default_verify_paths /* calles SSL_load_verify_locations */
-SSL_load_verify_locations
-
-/* get info from an established connection */
-SSL_get_session
-SSL_get_certificate
-SSL_get_SSL_CTX
-
-SSL_CTX_new
-SSL_CTX_free
-SSL_new
-SSL_clear
-SSL_free
-
-SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list
-SSL_get_cipher
-SSL_set_cipher_list
-SSL_get_cipher_list
-SSL_get_shared_ciphers
-
-SSL_accept
-SSL_connect
-SSL_read
-SSL_write
-
-SSL_debug
-
-SSL_get_read_ahead
-SSL_set_read_ahead
-SSL_set_verify
-
-SSL_pending
-
-SSL_set_fd
-SSL_set_rfd
-SSL_set_wfd
-SSL_set_bio
-SSL_get_fd
-SSL_get_rbio
-SSL_get_wbio
-
-SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey
-SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1
-SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file
-SSL_use_PrivateKey
-SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1
-SSL_use_PrivateKey_file
-SSL_use_certificate
-SSL_use_certificate_ASN1
-SSL_use_certificate_file
-
-ERR_load_SSL_strings
-SSL_load_error_strings
-
-/* human readable version of the 'state' of the SSL connection. */
-SSL_state_string
-SSL_state_string_long
-/* These 2 report what kind of IO operation the library was trying to
- * perform last. Probably not very usefull. */
-SSL_rstate_string
-SSL_rstate_string_long
-
-SSL_get_peer_certificate
-
-SSL_SESSION_new
-SSL_SESSION_print_fp
-SSL_SESSION_print
-SSL_SESSION_free
-i2d_SSL_SESSION
-d2i_SSL_SESSION
-
-SSL_get_time
-SSL_set_time
-SSL_get_timeout
-SSL_set_timeout
-SSL_copy_session_id
-SSL_set_session
-SSL_CTX_add_session
-SSL_CTX_remove_session
-SSL_CTX_flush_sessions
-
-BIO_f_ssl
-
-/* used to hold information as to why a certificate verification failed */
-SSL_set_verify_result
-SSL_get_verify_result
-
-/* can be used by the application to associate data with an SSL structure.
- * It needs to be 'free()ed' by the application */
-SSL_set_app_data
-SSL_get_app_data
-
-/* The following all set values that are kept in the SSL_CTX but
- * are used as the default values when an SSL session is created.
- * They are over writen by the relevent SSL_xxxx functions */
-
-/* SSL_set_verify */
-void SSL_CTX_set_default_verify
-
-/* This callback, if set, totaly overrides the normal SSLeay verification
- * functions and should return 1 on success and 0 on failure */
-void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback
-
-/* The following are the same as the equivilent SSL_xxx functions.
- * Only one copy of this information is kept and if a particular
- * SSL structure has a local override, it is totally separate structure.
- */
-int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey
-int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1
-int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file
-int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey
-int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1
-int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file
-int SSL_CTX_use_certificate
-int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1
-int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file
-
-
-==== ssl_ctx.doc ========================================================
-
-This is now a bit dated, quite a few of the SSL_ functions could be
-SSL_CTX_ functions. I will update this in the future. 30 Aug 1996
-
-From eay at orb.mincom.oz.au Mon Dec 11 21:37:08 1995
-Received: by orb.mincom.oz.au id AA00696
- (5.65c/IDA-1.4.4 for eay); Mon, 11 Dec 1995 11:37:08 +1000
-Date: Mon, 11 Dec 1995 11:37:08 +1000 (EST)
-From: Eric Young <eay at mincom.oz.au>
-X-Sender: eay at orb
-To: sameer <sameer at c2.org>
-Cc: Eric Young <eay at mincom.oz.au>
-Subject: Re: PEM_readX509 oesn't seem to be working
-In-Reply-To: <199512110102.RAA12521 at infinity.c2.org>
-Message-Id: <Pine.SOL.3.91.951211112115.28608D-100000 at orb>
-Mime-Version: 1.0
-Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII
-Status: RO
-X-Status:
-
-On Sun, 10 Dec 1995, sameer wrote:
-> OK, that's solved. I've found out that it is saying "no
-> certificate set" in SSL_accept because s->conn == NULL
-> so there is some place I need to initialize s->conn that I am
-> not initializing it.
-
-The full order of things for a server should be.
-
-ctx=SSL_CTX_new();
-
-/* The next line should not really be using ctx->cert but I'll leave it
- * this way right now... I don't want a X509_ routine to know about an SSL
- * structure, there should be an SSL_load_verify_locations... hmm, I may
- * add it tonight.
- */
-X509_load_verify_locations(ctx->cert,CAfile,CApath);
-
-/* Ok now for each new connection we do the following */
-con=SSL_new(ctx);
-SSL_set_fd(con,s);
-SSL_set_verify(con,verify,verify_callback);
-
-/* set the certificate and private key to use. */
-SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(con,X509_certificate);
-SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(con,RSA_private_key);
-
-SSL_accept(con);
-
-SSL_read(con)/SSL_write(con);
-
-There is a bit more than that but that is basically the structure.
-
-Create a context and specify where to lookup certificates.
-
-foreach connection
- {
- create a SSL structure
- set the certificate and private key
- do a SSL_accept
-
- we should now be ok
- }
-
-eric
---
-Eric Young | Signature removed since it was generating
-AARNet: eay at mincom.oz.au | more followups than the message contents :-)
-
-
-
-==== ssleay.doc ========================================================
-
-SSLeay: a cryptographic kitchen sink.
-
-1st December 1995
-Way back at the start of April 1995, I was looking for a mindless
-programming project. A friend of mine (Tim Hudson) said "why don't you do SSL,
-it has DES encryption in it and I would not mind using it in a SSL telnet".
-While it was true I had written a DES library in previous years, litle
-did I know what an expansive task SSL would turn into.
-
-First of all, the SSL protocol contains DES encryption. Well and good. My
-DES library was fast and portable. It also contained the RSA's RC4 stream
-cipher. Again, not a problem, some-one had just posted to sci.crypt
-something that was claimed to be RC4. It also contained IDEA, I had the
-specifications, not a problem to implement. MD5, an RFC, trivial, at most
-I could spend a week or so trying to see if I could speed up the
-implementation. All in all a nice set of ciphers.
-Then the first 'expantion of the scope', RSA public key
-encryption. Since I did not knowing a thing about public key encryption
-or number theory, this appeared quite a daunting task. Just writing a
-big number library would be problomatic in itself, let alone making it fast.
-At this point the scope of 'implementing SSL' expands eponentialy.
-First of all, the RSA private keys were being kept in ASN.1 format.
-Thankfully the RSA PKCS series of documents explains this format. So I now
-needed to be able to encode and decode arbitary ASN.1 objects. The Public
-keys were embeded in X509 certificates. Hmm... these are not only
-ASN.1 objects but they make up a heirachy of authentication. To
-authenticate a X509 certificate one needs to retrieve it's issuers
-certificate etc etc. Hmm..., so I also need to implement some kind
-of certificate management software. I would also have to implement
-software to authenticate certificates. At this point the support code made
-the SSL part of my library look quite small.
-Around this time, the first version of SSLeay was released.
-
-Ah, but here was the problem, I was not happy with the code so far. As may
-have become obvious, I had been treating all of this as a learning
-exersize, so I have completely written the library myself. As such, due
-to the way it had grown like a fungus, much of the library was not
-'elagent' or neat. There were global and static variables all over the
-place, the SSL part did not even handle non-blocking IO.
-The Great rewrite began.
-
-As of this point in time, the 'Great rewrite' has almost finished. So what
-follows is an approximate list of what is actually SSLeay 0.5.0
-
-/********* This needs to be updated for 0.6.0+ *************/
-
----
-The library contains the following routines. Please note that most of these
-functions are not specfic for SSL or any other particular cipher
-implementation. I have tried to make all the routines as general purpose
-as possible. So you should not think of this library as an SSL
-implemtation, but rather as a library of cryptographic functions
-that also contains SSL. I refer to each of these function groupings as
-libraries since they are often capable of functioning as independent
-libraries
-
-First up, the general ciphers and message digests supported by the library.
-
-MD2 rfc???, a standard 'by parts' interface to this algorithm.
-MD5 rfc???, the same type of interface as for the MD2 library except a
- different algorithm.
-SHA THe Secure Hash Algorithm. Again the same type of interface as
- MD2/MD5 except the digest is 20 bytes.
-SHA1 The 'revised' version of SHA. Just about identical to SHA except
- for one tweak of an inner loop.
-DES This is my libdes library that has been floating around for the last
- few years. It has been enhanced for no other reason than completeness.
- It now supports ecb, cbc, cfb, ofb, cfb64, ofb64 in normal mode and
- triple DES modes of ecb, cbc, cfb64 and ofb64. cfb64 and ofb64 are
- functional interfaces to the 64 bit modes of cfb and ofb used in
- such a way thay they function as single character interfaces.
-RC4 The RSA Inc. stream cipher.
-RC2 The RSA Inc. block cipher.
-IDEA An implmentation of the IDEA cipher, the library supports ecb, cbc,
- cfb64 and ofb64 modes of operation.
-
-Now all the above mentioned ciphers and digests libraries support high
-speed, minimal 'crap in the way' type interfaces. For fastest and
-lowest level access, these routines should be used directly.
-
-Now there was also the matter of public key crypto systems. These are
-based on large integer arithmatic.
-
-BN This is my large integer library. It supports all the normal
- arithmentic operations. It uses malloc extensivly and as such has
- no limits of the size of the numbers being manipulated. If you
- wish to use 4000 bit RSA moduli, these routines will handle it.
- This library also contains routines to 'generate' prime numbers and
- to test for primality. The RSA and DH libraries sit on top of this
- library. As of this point in time, I don't support SHA, but
- when I do add it, it will just sit on top of the routines contained
- in this library.
-RSA This implements the RSA public key algorithm. It also contains
- routines that will generate a new private/public key pair.
- All the RSA functions conform to the PKCS#1 standard.
-DH This is an implementation of the
- Diffie-Hellman protocol. There are all the require routines for
- the protocol, plus extra routines that can be used to generate a
- strong prime for use with a specified generator. While this last
- routine is not generally required by applications implementing DH,
- It is present for completeness and because I thing it is much
- better to be able to 'generate' your own 'magic' numbers as oposed
- to using numbers suplied by others. I conform to the PKCS#3
- standard where required.
-
-You may have noticed the preceding section mentions the 'generation' of
-prime numbers. Now this requries the use of 'random numbers'.
-
-RAND This psuedo-random number library is based on MD5 at it's core
- and a large internal state (2k bytes). Once you have entered enough
- seed data into this random number algorithm I don't feel
- you will ever need to worry about it generating predictable output.
- Due to the way I am writing a portable library, I have left the
- issue of how to get good initial random seed data upto the
- application but I do have support routines for saving and loading a
- persistant random number state for use between program runs.
-
-Now to make all these ciphers easier to use, a higher level
-interface was required. In this form, the same function would be used to
-encrypt 'by parts', via any one of the above mentioned ciphers.
-
-EVP The Digital EnVeloPe library is quite large. At it's core are
- function to perform encryption and decryption by parts while using
- an initial parameter to specify which of the 17 different ciphers
- or 4 different message digests to use. On top of these are implmented
- the digital signature functions, sign, verify, seal and open.
- Base64 encoding of binary data is also done in this library.
-
-PEM rfc???? describe the format for Privacy Enhanced eMail.
- As part of this standard, methods of encoding digital enveloped
- data is an ascii format are defined. As such, I use a form of these
- to encode enveloped data. While at this point in time full support
- for PEM has not been built into the library, a minimal subset of
- the secret key and Base64 encoding is present. These reoutines are
- mostly used to Ascii encode binary data with a 'type' associated
- with it and perhaps details of private key encryption used to
- encrypt the data.
-
-PKCS7 This is another Digital Envelope encoding standard which uses ASN.1
- to encode the data. At this point in time, while there are some
- routines to encode and decode this binary format, full support is
- not present.
-
-As Mentioned, above, there are several different ways to encode
-data structures.
-
-ASN1 This library is more a set of primatives used to encode the packing
- and unpacking of data structures. It is used by the X509
- certificate standard and by the PKCS standards which are used by
- this library. It also contains routines for duplicating and signing
- the structures asocisated with X509.
-
-X509 The X509 library contains routines for packing and unpacking,
- verifying and just about every thing else you would want to do with
- X509 certificates.
-
-PKCS7 PKCS-7 is a standard for encoding digital envelope data
- structures. At this point in time the routines will load and save
- DER forms of these structees. They need to be re-worked to support
- the BER form which is the normal way PKCS-7 is encoded. If the
- previous 2 sentances don't make much sense, don't worry, this
- library is not used by this version of SSLeay anyway.
-
-OBJ ASN.1 uses 'object identifiers' to identify objects. A set of
- functions were requred to translate from ASN.1 to an intenger, to a
- character string. This library provieds these translations
-
-Now I mentioned an X509 library. X509 specified a hieachy of certificates
-which needs to be traversed to authenticate particular certificates.
-
-METH This library is used to push 'methods' of retrieving certificates
- into the library. There are some supplied 'methods' with SSLeay
- but applications can add new methods if they so desire.
- This library has not been finished and is not being used in this
- version.
-
-Now all the above are required for use in the initial point of this project.
-
-SSL The SSL protocol. This is a full implmentation of SSL v 2. It
- support both server and client authentication. SSL v 3 support
- will be added when the SSL v 3 specification is released in it's
- final form.
-
-Now quite a few of the above mentioned libraries rely on a few 'complex'
-data structures. For each of these I have a library.
-
-Lhash This is a hash table library which is used extensivly.
-
-STACK An implemetation of a Stack data structure.
-
-BUF A simple character array structure that also support a function to
- check that the array is greater that a certain size, if it is not,
- it is realloced so that is it.
-
-TXT_DB A simple memory based text file data base. The application can specify
- unique indexes that will be enforced at update time.
-
-CONF Most of the programs written for this library require a configuration
- file. Instead of letting programs constantly re-implment this
- subsystem, the CONF library provides a consistant and flexable
- interface to not only configuration files but also environment
- variables.
-
-But what about when something goes wrong?
-The one advantage (and perhaps disadvantage) of all of these
-functions being in one library was the ability to implement a
-single error reporting system.
-
-ERR This library is used to report errors. The error system records
- library number, function number (in the library) and reason
- number. Multiple errors can be reported so that an 'error' trace
- is created. The errors can be printed in numeric or textual form.
-
-
-==== ssluse.doc ========================================================
-
-We have an SSL_CTX which contains global information for lots of
-SSL connections. The session-id cache and the certificate verificate cache.
-It also contains default values for use when certificates are used.
-
-SSL_CTX
- default cipher list
- session-id cache
- certificate cache
- default session-id timeout period
- New session-id callback
- Required session-id callback
- session-id stats
- Informational callback
- Callback that is set, overrides the SSLeay X509 certificate
- verification
- The default Certificate/Private Key pair
- Default read ahead mode.
- Default verify mode and verify callback. These are not used
- if the over ride callback mentioned above is used.
-
-Each SSL can have the following defined for it before a connection is made.
-
-Certificate
-Private key
-Ciphers to use
-Certificate verify mode and callback
-IO object to use in the comunication.
-Some 'read-ahead' mode information.
-A previous session-id to re-use.
-
-A connection is made by using SSL_connect or SSL_accept.
-When non-blocking IO is being used, there are functions that can be used
-to determin where and why the SSL_connect or SSL_accept did not complete.
-This information can be used to recall the functions when the 'error'
-condition has dissapeared.
-
-After the connection has been made, information can be retrived about the
-SSL session and the session-id values that have been decided upon.
-The 'peer' certificate can be retrieved.
-
-The session-id values include
-'start time'
-'timeout length'
-
-
-
-==== stack.doc ========================================================
-
-The stack data structure is used to store an ordered list of objects.
-It is basically misnamed to call it a stack but it can function that way
-and that is what I originally used it for. Due to the way element
-pointers are kept in a malloc()ed array, the most efficient way to use this
-structure is to add and delete elements from the end via sk_pop() and
-sk_push(). If you wish to do 'lookups' sk_find() is quite efficient since
-it will sort the stack (if required) and then do a binary search to lookup
-the requested item. This sorting occurs automatically so just sk_push()
-elements on the stack and don't worry about the order. Do remember that if
-you do a sk_find(), the order of the elements will change.
-
-You should never need to 'touch' this structure directly.
-typedef struct stack_st
- {
- unsigned int num;
- char **data;
- int sorted;
-
- unsigned int num_alloc;
- int (*comp)();
- } STACK;
-
-'num' holds the number of elements in the stack, 'data' is the array of
-elements. 'sorted' is 1 is the list has been sorted, 0 if not.
-
-num_alloc is the number of 'nodes' allocated in 'data'. When num becomes
-larger than num_alloc, data is realloced to a larger size.
-If 'comp' is set, it is a function that is used to compare 2 of the items
-in the stack. The function should return -1, 0 or 1, depending on the
-ordering.
-
-#define sk_num(sk) ((sk)->num)
-#define sk_value(sk,n) ((sk)->data[n])
-
-These 2 macros should be used to access the number of elements in the
-'stack' and to access a pointer to one of the values.
-
-STACK *sk_new(int (*c)());
- This creates a new stack. If 'c', the comparison function, is not
-specified, the various functions that operate on a sorted 'stack' will not
-work (sk_find()). NULL is returned on failure.
-
-void sk_free(STACK *);
- This function free()'s a stack structure. The elements in the
-stack will not be freed so one should 'pop' and free all elements from the
-stack before calling this function or call sk_pop_free() instead.
-
-void sk_pop_free(STACK *st; void (*func)());
- This function calls 'func' for each element on the stack, passing
-the element as the argument. sk_free() is then called to free the 'stack'
-structure.
-
-int sk_insert(STACK *sk,char *data,int where);
- This function inserts 'data' into stack 'sk' at location 'where'.
-If 'where' is larger that the number of elements in the stack, the element
-is put at the end. This function tends to be used by other 'stack'
-functions. Returns 0 on failure, otherwise the number of elements in the
-new stack.
-
-char *sk_delete(STACK *st,int loc);
- Remove the item a location 'loc' from the stack and returns it.
-Returns NULL if the 'loc' is out of range.
-
-char *sk_delete_ptr(STACK *st, char *p);
- If the data item pointed to by 'p' is in the stack, it is deleted
-from the stack and returned. NULL is returned if the element is not in the
-stack.
-
-int sk_find(STACK *st,char *data);
- Returns the location that contains a value that is equal to
-the 'data' item. If the comparison function was not set, this function
-does a linear search. This function actually qsort()s the stack if it is not
-in order and then uses bsearch() to do the initial search. If the
-search fails,, -1 is returned. For mutliple items with the same
-value, the index of the first in the array is returned.
-
-int sk_push(STACK *st,char *data);
- Append 'data' to the stack. 0 is returned if there is a failure
-(due to a malloc failure), else 1. This is
-sk_insert(st,data,sk_num(st));
-
-int sk_unshift(STACK *st,char *data);
- Prepend 'data' to the front (location 0) of the stack. This is
-sk_insert(st,data,0);
-
-char *sk_shift(STACK *st);
- Return and delete from the stack the first element in the stack.
-This is sk_delete(st,0);
-
-char *sk_pop(STACK *st);
- Return and delete the last element on the stack. This is
-sk_delete(st,sk_num(sk)-1);
-
-void sk_zero(STACK *st);
- Removes all items from the stack. It does not 'free'
-pointers but is a quick way to clear a 'stack of references'.
-
-==== threads.doc ========================================================
-
-How to compile SSLeay for multi-threading.
-
-Well basically it is quite simple, set the compiler flags and build.
-I have only really done much testing under Solaris and Windows NT.
-If you library supports localtime_r() and gmtime_r() add,
--DTHREADS to the makefile parameters. You can probably survive with out
-this define unless you are going to have multiple threads generating
-certificates at once. It will not affect the SSL side of things.
-
-The approach I have taken to doing locking is to make the application provide
-callbacks to perform locking and so that the SSLeay library can distinguish
-between threads (for the error state).
-
-To have a look at an example program, 'cd mt; vi mttest.c'.
-To build under solaris, sh solaris.sh, for Windows NT or Windows 95,
-win32.bat
-
-This will build mttest which will fire up 10 threads that talk SSL
-to each other 10 times.
-To enable everything to work, the application needs to call
-
-CRYPTO_set_id_callback(id_function);
-CRYPTO_set_locking_callback(locking_function);
-
-before any multithreading is started.
-id_function does not need to be defined under Windows NT or 95, the
-correct function will be called if it is not. Under unix, getpid()
-is call if the id_callback is not defined, for Solaris this is wrong
-(since threads id's are not pid's) but under Linux it is correct
-(threads are just processes sharing the data segement).
-
-The locking_callback is used to perform locking by the SSLeay library.
-eg.
-
-void solaris_locking_callback(mode,type,file,line)
-int mode;
-int type;
-char *file;
-int line;
- {
- if (mode & CRYPTO_LOCK)
- mutex_lock(&(lock_cs[type]));
- else
- mutex_unlock(&(lock_cs[type]));
- }
-
-Now in this case I have used mutexes instead of read/write locks, since they
-are faster and there are not many read locks in SSLeay, you may as well
-always use write locks. file and line are __FILE__ and __LINE__ from
-the compile and can be usefull when debugging.
-
-Now as you can see, 'type' can be one of a range of values, these values are
-defined in crypto/crypto.h
-CRYPTO_get_lock_name(type) will return a text version of what the lock is.
-There are CRYPTO_NUM_LOCKS locks required, so under solaris, the setup
-for multi-threading can be
-
-static mutex_t lock_cs[CRYPTO_NUM_LOCKS];
-
-void thread_setup()
- {
- int i;
-
- for (i=0; i<CRYPTO_NUM_LOCKS; i++)
- mutex_init(&(lock_cs[i]),USYNC_THREAD,NULL);
- CRYPTO_set_id_callback((unsigned long (*)())solaris_thread_id);
- CRYPTO_set_locking_callback((void (*)())solaris_locking_callback);
- }
-
-As a final note, under Windows NT or Windows 95, you have to be careful
-not to mix the various threaded, unthreaded and debug libraries.
-Normally if they are mixed incorrectly, mttest will crash just after printing
-out some usage statistics at the end. This is because the
-different system libraries use different malloc routines and if
-data is malloc()ed inside crypt32.dll or ssl32.dll and then free()ed by a
-different library malloc, things get very confused.
-
-The default SSLeay DLL builds use /MD, so if you use this on your
-application, things will work as expected. If you use /MDd,
-you will probably have to rebuild SSLeay using this flag.
-I should modify util/mk1mf.pl so it does all this correctly, but
-this has not been done yet.
-
-One last warning. Because locking overheads are actually quite large, the
-statistics collected against the SSL_CTX for successfull connections etc
-are not locked when updated. This does make it possible for these
-values to be slightly lower than they should be, if you are
-running multithreaded on a multi-processor box, but this does not really
-matter much.
-
-
-==== txt_db.doc ========================================================
-
-TXT_DB, a simple text based in memory database.
-
-It holds rows of ascii data, for which the only special character is '\0'.
-The rows can be of an unlimited length.
-
-==== why.doc ========================================================
-
-This file is more of a note for other people who wish to understand why
-the build environment is the way it is :-).
-
-The include files 'depend' as follows.
-Each of
-crypto/*/*.c includes crypto/cryptlib.h
-ssl/*.c include ssl/ssl_locl.h
-apps/*.c include apps/apps.h
-crypto/cryptlib.h, ssl/ssl_locl.h and apps/apps.h
-all include e_os.h which contains OS/environment specific information.
-If you need to add something todo with a particular environment,
-add it to this file. It is worth remembering that quite a few libraries,
-like lhash, des, md, sha etc etc do not include crypto/cryptlib.h. This
-is because these libraries should be 'independently compilable' and so I
-try to keep them this way.
-e_os.h is not so much a part of SSLeay, as the placing in one spot all the
-evil OS dependant muck.
-
-I wanted to automate as many things as possible. This includes
-error number generation. A
-make errors
-will scan the source files for error codes, append them to the correct
-header files, and generate the functions to print the text version
-of the error numbers. So don't even think about adding error numbers by
-hand, put them in the form
-XXXerr(XXXX_F_XXXX,YYYY_R_YYYY);
-on line and it will be automatically picked up my a make errors.
-
-In a similar vein, programs to be added into ssleay in the apps directory
-just need to have an entry added to E_EXE in makefile.ssl and
-everthing will work as expected. Don't edit progs.h by hand.
-
-make links re-generates the symbolic links that are used. The reason why
-I keep everything in its own directory, and don't put all the
-test programs and header files in 'test' and 'include' is because I want
-to keep the 'sub-libraries' independent. I still 'pull' out
-indervidual libraries for use in specific projects where the code is
-required. I have used the 'lhash' library in just about every software
-project I have worked on :-).
-
-make depend generates dependancies and
-make dclean removes them.
-
-You will notice that I use perl quite a bit when I could be using 'sed'.
-The reason I decided to do this was to just stick to one 'extra' program.
-For Windows NT, I have perl and no sed.
-
-The util/mk1mf.pl program can be used to generate a single makefile.
-I use this because makefiles under Microsoft are horrific.
-Each C compiler seems to have different linker formats, which have
-to be used because the retarted C compilers explode when you do
-cl -o file *.o.
-
-Now some would argue that I should just use the single makefile. I don't
-like it during develoment for 2 reasons. First, the actuall make
-command takes a long time. For my current setup, if I'm in
-crypto/bn and I type make, only the crypto/bn directory gets rebuilt,
-which is nice when you are modifying prototypes in bn.h which
-half the SSLeay depends on. The second is that to add a new souce file
-I just plonk it in at the required spot in the local makefile. This
-then alows me to keep things local, I don't need to modify a 'global'
-tables (the make for unix, the make for NT, the make for w31...).
-When I am ripping apart a library structure, it is nice to only
-have to worry about one directory :-).
-
-Having said all this, for the hell of it I put together 2 files that
-#include all the souce code (generated by doing a ls */*.o after a build).
-crypto.c takes only 30 seconds to build under NT and 2 minutes under linux
-for my pentium100. Much faster that the normal build :-).
-Again, the problem is that when using libraries, every program linked
-to libcrypto.a would suddenly get 330k of library when it may only need
-1k. This technique does look like a nice way to do shared libraries though.
-
-Oh yes, as a final note, to 'build' a distribution, I just type
-make dist.
-This cleans and packages everything. The directory needs to be called
-SSLeay since the make does a 'cd ..' and renames and tars things up.
-
-==== req.1 ========================================================
-
-The 'req' command is used to manipulate and deal with pkcs#10
-certificate requests.
-
-It's default mode of operation is to load a certificate and then
-write it out again.
-
-By default the 'req' is read from stdin in 'PEM' format.
-The -inform option can be used to specify 'pem' format or 'der'
-format. PEM format is the base64 encoding of the DER format.
-
-By default 'req' then writes the request back out. -outform can be used
-to indicate the desired output format, be it 'pem' or 'der'.
-
-To specify an input file, use the '-in' option and the '-out' option
-can be used to specify the output file.
-
-If you wish to perform a command and not output the certificate
-request afterwards, use the '-noout' option.
-
-When a certificate is loaded, it can be printed in a human readable
-ascii format via the '-text' option.
-
-To check that the signature on a certificate request is correct, use
-the '-verify' option to make sure that the private key contained in the
-certificate request corresponds to the signature.
-
-Besides the default mode, there is also the 'generate a certificate
-request' mode. There are several flags that trigger this mode.
-
--new will generate a new RSA key (if required) and then prompts
-the user for details for the certificate request.
--newkey has an argument that is the number of bits to make the new
-key. This function also triggers '-new'.
-
-The '-new' option can have a key to use specified instead of having to
-load one, '-key' is used to specify the file containg the key.
--keyform can be used to specify the format of the key. Only
-'pem' and 'der' formats are supported, later, 'netscape' format may be added.
-
-Finally there is the '-x509' options which makes req output a self
-signed x509 certificate instead of a certificate request.
-
-Now as you may have noticed, there are lots of default options that
-cannot be specified via the command line. They are held in a 'template'
-or 'configuration file'. The -config option specifies which configuration
-file to use. See conf.doc for details on the syntax of this file.
-
-The req command uses the 'req' section of the config file.
-
----
-# The following variables are defined. For this example I will populate
-# the various values
-[ req ]
-default_bits = 512 # default number of bits to use.
-default_keyfile = testkey.pem # Where to write the generated keyfile
- # if not specified.
-distinguished_name= req_dn # The section that contains the
- # information about which 'object' we
- # want to put in the DN.
-attributes = req_attr # The objects we want for the
- # attributes field.
-encrypt_rsa_key = no # Should we encrypt newly generated
- # keys. I strongly recommend 'yes'.
-
-# The distinguished name section. For the following entries, the
-# object names must exist in the SSLeay header file objects.h. If they
-# do not, they will be silently ignored. The entries have the following
-# format.
-# <object_name> => string to prompt with
-# <object_name>_default => default value for people
-# <object_name>_value => Automatically use this value for this field.
-# <object_name>_min => minimum number of characters for data (def. 0)
-# <object_name>_max => maximum number of characters for data (def. inf.)
-# All of these entries are optional except for the first one.
-[ req_dn ]
-countryName = Country Name (2 letter code)
-countryName_default = AU
-
-stateOrProvinceName = State or Province Name (full name)
-stateOrProvinceName_default = Queensland
-
-localityName = Locality Name (eg, city)
-
-organizationName = Organization Name (eg, company)
-organizationName_default = Mincom Pty Ltd
-
-organizationalUnitName = Organizational Unit Name (eg, section)
-organizationalUnitName_default = MTR
-
-commonName = Common Name (eg, YOUR name)
-commonName_max = 64
-
-emailAddress = Email Address
-emailAddress_max = 40
-
-# The next section is the attributes section. This is exactly the
-# same as for the previous section except that the resulting objects are
-# put in the attributes field.
-[ req_attr ]
-challengePassword = A challenge password
-challengePassword_min = 4
-challengePassword_max = 20
-
-unstructuredName = An optional company name
-
-----
-Also note that the order that attributes appear in this file is the
-order they will be put into the distinguished name.
-
-Once this request has been generated, it can be sent to a CA for
-certifying.
-
-----
-A few quick examples....
-
-To generate a new request and a new key
-req -new
-
-To generate a new request and a 1058 bit key
-req -newkey 1058
-
-To generate a new request using a pre-existing key
-req -new -key key.pem
-
-To generate a self signed x509 certificate from a certificate
-request using a supplied key, and we want to see the text form of the
-output certificate (which we will put in the file selfSign.pem
-req -x509 -in req.pem -key key.pem -text -out selfSign.pem
-
-Verify that the signature is correct on a certificate request.
-req -verify -in req.pem
-
-Verify that the signature was made using a specified public key.
-req -verify -in req.pem -key key.pem
-
-Print the contents of a certificate request
-req -text -in req.pem
-
-==== danger ========================================================
-
-If you specify a SSLv2 cipher, and the mode is SSLv23 and the server
-can talk SSLv3, it will claim there is no cipher since you should be
-using SSLv3.
-
-When tracing debug stuff, remember BIO_s_socket() is different to
-BIO_s_connect().
-
-BSD/OS assember is not working
-
More information about the openssl-commits
mailing list